*** empty log message ***
[emacs/old-mirror.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob413a24559fbb3bbb923ca42ebbae479e1aaa0165
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17140 20945))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
75 the file name.
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123 \(fn)" t nil)
125 ;;;***
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17140 20951))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134 \(fn)" t nil)
136 ;;;***
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17205 6160))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148 ;;;***
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17352 9346))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
245 \(fn)" t nil)
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
286 \(fn)" t nil)
288 ;;;***
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17245
292 ;;;;;; 16459))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
387 ;;;***
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17320 4537))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
481 ;;;;;; (17296 51181))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
485 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
487 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
488 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
490 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
491 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
492 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
493 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
494 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
495 outline.)
497 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
499 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
500 - integral outline exposure-layout
501 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
502 - automatic topic-number maintenance
503 - easy topic encryption and decryption
504 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
505 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
507 and many other features.
509 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
510 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
511 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
512 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
513 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
516 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
517 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
519 Navigation: Exposure Control:
520 ---------- ----------------
521 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
522 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
523 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
524 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
525 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
526 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
527 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry,] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
529 Topic Header Production:
530 -----------------------
531 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
532 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
533 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
535 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
536 ---------------------------------
537 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
538 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
539 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
540 current topic.
541 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
542 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
543 alternated according to nesting depth.
544 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
545 offspring are not affected. With repeat
546 count, revoke numbering.
548 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
549 ----------------------------------
550 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
551 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
552 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
553 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
554 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
555 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
557 Misc commands:
558 -------------
559 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
560 and establish a default file-var setting
561 for `allout-layout'.
562 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
563 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
564 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
565 buffer with name derived from derived from that
566 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
567 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
568 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
569 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
570 format.
571 ESC ESC (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
572 auto-activation.
574 Encrypted Entries
576 Outline mode supports easily togglable gpg encryption of topics, with
577 niceties like support for symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout,
578 passphrase consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
579 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save. The aim is
580 to enable reliable topic privacy while preventing accidents like neglected
581 encryption, encryption with a mistaken passphrase, forgetting which
582 passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
584 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
585 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
587 HOT-SPOT Operation
589 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
590 navigation and exposure control.
592 \\<allout-mode-map>
593 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
594 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
595 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
596 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c C-f\"
597 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
599 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can execute
600 the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a single
601 keystroke. Non-literal chars never get this special translation, so
602 you can use them to get away from the hot-spot, and back to normal
603 operation.
605 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
606 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
607 beginning of the current entry, so you can simply hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
608 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
610 Terminology
612 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
614 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
615 contain other topics, and it can be subsumed by other topics,
616 CURRENT topic:
617 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
618 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
619 containment. Also called the:
620 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
622 ANCESTORS:
623 The topics that contain a topic.
624 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
625 the topic.
626 OFFSPRING:
627 The topics contained by a topic;
628 SUBTOPIC:
629 An immediate offspring of a topic;
630 CHILDREN:
631 The immediate offspring of a topic.
632 SIBLINGS:
633 Topics having the same parent and depth.
635 Topic text constituents:
637 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
638 text.
639 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
640 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
641 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
642 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
643 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
645 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
646 of the topic.
647 PREFIX-LEAD:
648 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
649 It can be customized by changing the setting of
650 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
652 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
653 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
654 program code without interfering with the language processing
655 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
656 docstring for more detail.
657 PREFIX-PADDING:
658 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
659 bullet, according to the depth of the topic.
660 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
661 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
662 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
663 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
664 bullet when generating varies in a cycle with the depth of the
665 topic.
666 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
667 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
670 EXPOSURE:
671 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
672 of its offspring and contained text.
673 CONCEALED:
674 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
675 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
676 (Ref the `selective-display' var.)
678 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
679 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
680 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
682 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
684 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
686 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
687 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
689 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
690 setup for auto-startup.
692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
694 ;;;***
696 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
697 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17244 43756))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
700 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
702 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
703 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
704 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
705 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
706 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
707 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
709 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
711 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
712 Not documented
714 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
716 ;;;***
718 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
719 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17239 32364))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
722 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
723 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
724 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
725 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
726 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
727 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
728 in the current window.
730 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
732 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
733 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
734 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
736 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
738 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
739 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
740 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
744 ;;;***
746 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
747 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17185 27398))
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
750 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
751 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
753 \(fn)" t nil)
755 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
756 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
758 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
759 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
760 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
761 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
763 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
764 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
766 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
770 ;;;***
772 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
773 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17205 20021))
774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
776 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
777 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
778 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
779 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
780 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
781 \\[yank].
783 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
784 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
785 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
786 the rules.
788 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
789 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
790 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
791 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
793 \(fn)" t nil)
795 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
796 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
797 \\{antlr-mode-map}
799 \(fn)" t nil)
801 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
802 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
803 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
805 \(fn)" nil nil)
807 ;;;***
809 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
810 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
811 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
812 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17307 14150))
813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
815 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
816 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
817 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
818 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
820 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
822 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
823 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
825 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
827 (defvar appt-audible t "\
828 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
830 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
832 (defvar appt-visible t "\
833 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
834 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
836 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
838 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
839 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
840 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
844 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
845 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
846 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
848 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
850 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
851 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
852 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
854 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
856 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
857 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
858 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
860 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
862 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
863 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
864 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
866 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
868 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
869 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
871 \(fn)" t nil)
873 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
874 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
875 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
876 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
877 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
878 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
879 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
881 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
882 function.
884 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
885 appointment package (if it is not already active).
887 \(fn)" nil nil)
889 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
890 Toggle checking of appointments.
891 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
892 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896 ;;;***
898 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
899 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
900 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17328 26188))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
903 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
904 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
905 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
906 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
908 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
909 kind of objects to search.
911 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
913 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
914 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
915 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
916 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
917 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
918 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
920 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
921 normal variables.
923 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
925 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
927 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
928 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
929 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
930 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
931 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
932 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
934 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
935 noninteractive functions.
937 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
938 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
940 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
941 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
943 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
945 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
946 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
948 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
950 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
951 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
952 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
953 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
955 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
956 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
957 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
958 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
960 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
961 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
963 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
965 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
967 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
968 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
969 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
970 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
971 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
972 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
974 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
975 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
976 Returns list of symbols and values found.
978 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
980 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
981 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
982 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
983 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
984 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
985 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
987 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
988 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
989 bindings.
990 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
992 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
994 ;;;***
996 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17379
997 ;;;;;; 25495))
998 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1000 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1001 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1002 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1003 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1004 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1005 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1007 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1008 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1009 archive.
1011 \\{archive-mode-map}
1013 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1015 ;;;***
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17358 48216))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1020 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1021 Major mode for editing arrays.
1023 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1024 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1025 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1027 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1029 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1030 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1031 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1033 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1034 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1035 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1036 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1037 The variables are:
1039 Variables you assign:
1040 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1041 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1042 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1043 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1044 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1045 row numbers in the buffer.
1047 Variables which are calculated:
1048 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1049 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1051 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1052 take a numeric prefix argument):
1054 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1055 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1056 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1057 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1059 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1060 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1061 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1062 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1064 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1065 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1066 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1067 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1069 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1070 between that of point and mark.
1072 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1073 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1075 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1076 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1077 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1078 newlines inside rows)
1080 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1082 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1084 \(fn)" t nil)
1086 ;;;***
1088 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17239
1089 ;;;;;; 32406))
1090 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1092 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1093 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1094 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1095 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1097 How to quit artist mode
1099 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1102 How to submit a bug report
1104 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1107 Drawing with the mouse:
1109 mouse-2
1110 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1111 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1112 below).
1114 mouse-1
1115 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1116 or pastes:
1118 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1119 --------------------------------------------------------------
1120 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1121 to new point
1122 --------------------------------------------------------------
1123 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1124 --------------------------------------------------------------
1125 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1126 --------------------------------------------------------------
1127 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1128 --------------------------------------------------------------
1129 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1130 --------------------------------------------------------------
1131 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1132 --------------------------------------------------------------
1133 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1134 --------------------------------------------------------------
1135 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1136 --------------------------------------------------------------
1137 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1138 lines
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1140 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1144 Paste Paste Paste
1145 --------------------------------------------------------------
1146 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1147 --------------------------------------------------------------
1149 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1150 or diagonally.
1152 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1153 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1154 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1155 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1156 poly-lines.
1158 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1159 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1160 overwrite means the opposite.
1162 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1163 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1164 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1166 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1168 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1169 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1171 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1172 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1173 are currently drawing something.
1175 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1176 some time to fill.
1179 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1180 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1183 Settings
1185 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1187 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1189 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1191 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1193 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1194 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1196 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1199 Drawing with keys
1201 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1202 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1203 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1204 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1205 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1206 When pasting: Pastes
1208 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1210 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1212 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1213 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1214 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1215 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1216 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1217 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1220 Arrows
1222 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1223 of the line/poly-line
1225 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1226 of the line/poly-line
1229 Selecting operation
1231 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1233 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1234 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1235 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1236 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1237 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1238 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1239 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1240 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1241 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1242 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1243 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1244 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1245 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1246 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1247 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1248 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1249 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1250 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1251 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1252 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1255 Variables
1257 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1258 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1260 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1261 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1262 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1263 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1264 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1265 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1266 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1267 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1268 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1269 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1270 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1271 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1272 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1273 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1274 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1275 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1276 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1277 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1278 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1280 Hooks
1282 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1283 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1286 Keymap summary
1288 \\{artist-mode-map}
1290 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1292 ;;;***
1294 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17349
1295 ;;;;;; 14590))
1296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1298 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1299 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1300 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1302 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1303 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1304 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1305 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1307 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1308 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1310 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1311 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1313 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1315 Special commands:
1316 \\{asm-mode-map}
1318 \(fn)" t nil)
1320 ;;;***
1322 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1323 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1324 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1326 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1327 Obsolete.")
1329 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1331 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1332 This command is obsolete.
1334 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1336 ;;;***
1338 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1339 ;;;;;; (17148 24940))
1340 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1342 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1343 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1344 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1346 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1348 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1350 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1351 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1352 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1353 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1354 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1355 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1356 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1357 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1358 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1359 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1361 For example:
1362 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1363 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1364 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1365 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1366 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1368 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1372 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1373 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1374 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1376 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1378 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1380 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1382 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1383 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1384 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1385 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1386 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1387 &c to supply digit arguments.
1389 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1393 ;;;***
1395 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1396 ;;;;;; (17185 27619))
1397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1399 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1400 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1402 \(fn)" t nil)
1404 ;;;***
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1407 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17148 24940))
1408 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1410 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1411 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1412 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1414 \(fn)" t nil)
1416 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1417 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1418 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1419 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1421 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1423 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1424 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1425 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1427 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1429 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1431 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1433 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1434 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1435 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1436 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1438 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1439 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1443 ;;;***
1445 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1446 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1447 ;;;;;; (17298 27296))
1448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1450 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1451 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1452 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1453 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1454 save the buffer too.
1456 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1458 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1460 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1461 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1462 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1463 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1464 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1465 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1467 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1468 directory or directories specified.
1470 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1472 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1473 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1474 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1476 \(fn)" nil nil)
1478 ;;;***
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1481 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1482 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17148 24940))
1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1485 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1486 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1488 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1489 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1490 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1491 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1492 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1496 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1497 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1499 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1500 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1502 \(fn)" nil nil)
1504 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1505 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1506 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1508 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1509 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1510 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1511 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1512 reflected in the current buffer.
1514 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1515 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1516 writing before you save the file!
1518 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1522 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1523 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1525 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1526 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1528 \(fn)" nil nil)
1530 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1536 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1538 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1540 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1541 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1543 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1544 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1545 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1549 ;;;***
1551 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1552 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17148 24940))
1553 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1555 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1556 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1557 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1559 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1561 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1563 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1564 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1565 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1566 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1568 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1569 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1570 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1572 Effects of the different modes:
1573 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1574 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1575 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1576 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1577 a random distance & direction.
1578 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1579 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1580 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1582 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1584 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1585 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1586 definition of \"random distance\".)
1588 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1590 ;;;***
1592 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1593 ;;;;;; (17148 25082))
1594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1596 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1597 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1599 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1600 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1602 For example:
1604 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1605 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1606 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1607 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1609 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1611 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1613 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1615 ;;;***
1617 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1618 ;;;;;; (17359 55783))
1619 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1620 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1622 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1623 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1624 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1625 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1627 \(fn)" t nil)
1629 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1630 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1631 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1635 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1637 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1639 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1640 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1641 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1642 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1643 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1644 seconds.
1646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1648 ;;;***
1650 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1651 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17148 25082))
1652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1654 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1655 Time execution of FORMS.
1656 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1657 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1658 FORMS once.
1659 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1660 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1661 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1663 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1665 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1666 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1667 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1668 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1669 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1673 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1674 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1675 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1676 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1677 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1679 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1681 ;;;***
1683 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17359
1684 ;;;;;; 55795))
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1687 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1688 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1690 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1692 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1693 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1694 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1695 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1697 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1698 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1699 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1700 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1701 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1703 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1704 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1707 Special information:
1709 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1711 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1712 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1713 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1714 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1715 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1716 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1717 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1718 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1719 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1720 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1721 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1723 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1724 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1725 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1726 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1727 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1728 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1729 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1730 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1732 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1734 ----------------------------------------------------------
1735 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1736 if that value is non-nil.
1738 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1740 \(fn)" t nil)
1742 ;;;***
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1745 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (17148 25105))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1749 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1751 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1752 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1753 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1755 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1757 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1758 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1760 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1762 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1763 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1765 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1767 ;;;***
1769 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17246
1770 ;;;;;; 40260))
1771 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1773 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1774 Play blackbox.
1775 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1777 What is blackbox?
1779 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1780 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1781 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1782 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1783 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1784 your score.
1786 Overview of play:
1788 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1789 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1790 four.
1792 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1793 movement keys.
1795 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1796 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1798 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1799 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1801 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1802 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1803 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1804 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1805 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1806 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1808 Details:
1810 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1812 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1813 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1814 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1815 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1817 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1818 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1819 denoted by the letter `R'.
1821 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1822 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1823 denoted by the letter `H'.
1825 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1826 example.
1828 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1829 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1830 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1831 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1832 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1833 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1834 ray.
1836 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1837 degree deflection it causes.
1840 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1841 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1842 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1843 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1844 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1845 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1846 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1847 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1850 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1851 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1854 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1855 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1856 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1857 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1858 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1859 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1860 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1861 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1863 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1864 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1865 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1866 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1867 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1868 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1869 emerging from the box.
1871 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1873 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1874 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1877 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1878 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1879 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1880 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1882 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1883 a reflection.
1885 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1887 ;;;***
1889 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1890 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1891 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1892 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17270 26061))
1893 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1894 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1895 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1896 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1898 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1899 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1900 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1901 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1902 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1903 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1904 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1905 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1906 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1907 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1908 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1909 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1910 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1911 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1912 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1913 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1914 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1915 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1916 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1918 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1919 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1920 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1921 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1922 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1923 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1924 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1925 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1926 recent one.
1928 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1929 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1930 yank successive words.
1932 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1933 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1934 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1935 name of the file being visited.
1937 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1938 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1939 the list of bookmarks.)
1941 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1943 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1944 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1945 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1946 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1947 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1948 this.
1950 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1951 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1952 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1953 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1955 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1957 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1958 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1959 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1960 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1961 after a bookmark was set in it.
1963 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1965 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1966 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1967 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1968 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1970 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1972 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1974 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1975 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1976 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1977 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1979 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1980 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1981 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1983 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1984 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1985 name.
1987 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1989 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1990 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1991 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1992 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1993 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1994 this.
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1998 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1999 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2000 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2001 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2002 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2003 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2004 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2005 probably because we were called from there.
2007 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2009 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2010 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2011 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2013 \(fn)" t nil)
2015 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2016 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2017 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2018 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2019 \(second argument).
2021 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2022 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2023 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2024 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2025 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2027 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2028 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2029 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2030 `bookmark-default-file'.
2032 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2034 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2035 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2036 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2037 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2038 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2039 while loading.
2041 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2042 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2043 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2044 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2045 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2046 explicitly.
2048 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2049 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2050 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2051 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2053 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2055 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2056 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2057 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2058 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2059 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2061 \(fn)" t nil)
2063 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2065 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2067 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2069 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2071 ;;;***
2073 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2074 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2075 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2076 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2077 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2078 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2079 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2080 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2081 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2082 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17279 31149))
2083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2085 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2086 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2087 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2088 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2090 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2091 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2092 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2093 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2094 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2096 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2098 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2099 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2101 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2103 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2104 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2106 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2108 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2109 Not documented
2111 \(fn)" nil nil)
2113 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2114 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2115 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2116 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2117 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2118 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2120 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2122 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2123 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2124 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2125 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2126 narrowed.
2128 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2131 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2133 \(fn)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2136 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2138 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2140 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2141 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2142 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2143 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2145 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2147 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2148 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2149 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2150 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2154 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2156 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2157 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2158 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2159 to use.
2161 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2163 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2164 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2165 Default to the URL around or before point.
2167 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2168 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2169 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2170 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2172 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2173 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2175 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2176 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2177 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2179 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2181 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2184 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2186 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2187 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2188 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2189 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2191 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2192 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2193 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2195 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2196 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2198 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2200 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2202 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2203 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2205 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2206 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2207 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2208 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2210 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2211 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2212 new tab in an existing window instead.
2214 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2215 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2217 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2220 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2221 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2222 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2223 Firefox.
2225 When called interactively, if variable
2226 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2227 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2228 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2229 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2236 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2239 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2240 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2241 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2242 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2243 URL in a new window.
2245 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2247 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2248 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2249 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2250 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2252 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2253 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2254 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2255 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2258 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2259 new tab in an existing window instead.
2261 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2262 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2264 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2268 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2269 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2271 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2272 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2273 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2274 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2276 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2277 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2279 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2281 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2282 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2284 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2285 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2286 program is invoked according to the variable
2287 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2289 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2290 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2291 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2292 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2295 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2299 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2300 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2301 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2302 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2306 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2308 Default to the URL around or before point.
2310 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2311 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2312 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2314 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2315 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2316 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2317 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2320 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2322 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2324 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point.
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2336 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2345 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2346 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2348 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2350 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2351 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2352 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2353 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2354 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2361 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2365 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2366 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2369 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point.
2377 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2380 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2381 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2382 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2383 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2384 current one.
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2388 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2389 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2399 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2400 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2401 don't offer a form of remote control.
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 ;;;***
2413 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17140
2414 ;;;;;; 20945))
2415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2417 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2418 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2420 \(fn)" t nil)
2422 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2423 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2425 \(fn)" nil nil)
2427 ;;;***
2429 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2430 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17375 39071))
2431 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2433 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2434 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2435 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2436 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2438 \(fn)" t nil)
2440 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2441 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2442 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2443 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2445 \(fn)" t nil)
2447 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2448 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2450 \(fn)" t nil)
2452 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2453 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2454 \\<bs-mode-map>
2455 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2456 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2457 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2458 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2460 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2461 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2462 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2463 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2464 name of buffer configuration.
2466 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2468 ;;;***
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2471 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17328
2472 ;;;;;; 38637))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2475 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2476 Keymap used by buttons.")
2478 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2479 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2480 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2482 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2483 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2484 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2485 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2486 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2487 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2489 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2490 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2491 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2492 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2494 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2496 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2497 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2498 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2499 specifying properties to add to the button.
2500 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2501 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2502 `define-button-type'.
2504 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2506 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2508 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2509 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2510 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2511 specifying properties to add to the button.
2512 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2513 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2514 `define-button-type'.
2516 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2518 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2520 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2521 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2522 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2523 specifying properties to add to the button.
2524 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2525 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2526 `define-button-type'.
2528 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2529 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2530 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2531 `make-text-button'.
2533 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2535 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2537 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2538 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2539 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2540 specifying properties to add to the button.
2541 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2542 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2543 `define-button-type'.
2545 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2546 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2547 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2548 `insert-text-button'.
2550 Also see `make-text-button'.
2552 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2554 ;;;***
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2557 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2558 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2559 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2560 ;;;;;; (17351 57359))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2563 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2564 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2565 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2567 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2569 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2570 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2571 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2572 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2574 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2575 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2576 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2577 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2578 whether to compile it.
2580 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2582 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2583 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2585 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2587 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2588 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2589 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2590 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2591 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2593 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2595 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2596 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2597 Print the result in the echo area.
2598 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2602 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2603 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2604 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2606 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2608 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2609 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2610 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2611 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2612 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2613 all functions called by those functions.
2615 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2616 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2617 cons, etc.).
2619 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2620 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2621 invoked interactively.
2623 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2625 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2626 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2627 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2628 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2630 \(fn)" nil nil)
2632 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2633 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2634 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2635 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2636 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2637 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2638 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2639 already up-to-date.
2641 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2643 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2644 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2645 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2646 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2648 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2649 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2650 and corresponding effects.
2652 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2654 ;;;***
2656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17307 14150))
2657 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2659 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2661 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2663 ;;;***
2665 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2666 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
2667 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2669 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2670 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2671 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2672 from the cursor position.
2674 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2676 ;;;***
2678 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2679 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2680 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2681 ;;;;;; (17291 34530))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2684 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2685 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2687 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2688 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2690 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2691 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2695 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2696 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2698 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2700 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2701 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2703 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2705 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2706 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2708 \(fn)" t nil)
2710 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2711 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2712 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2713 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2715 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2717 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2719 This is most useful in the X window system.
2720 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2721 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2723 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2725 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2726 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2727 See calc-keypad for details.
2729 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2731 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2732 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2734 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2736 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2737 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2739 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2741 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2742 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2744 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2746 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2747 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2748 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2750 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2752 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2753 Not documented
2755 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2757 ;;;***
2759 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17148
2760 ;;;;;; 24944))
2761 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2763 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2764 Run the Emacs calculator.
2765 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2767 \(fn)" t nil)
2769 ;;;***
2771 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2772 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2773 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2774 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2775 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2776 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2777 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2778 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2779 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2780 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2781 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2782 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2783 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2784 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2785 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2786 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2787 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2788 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17366 25839))
2789 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2791 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2792 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2793 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2794 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2795 the screen.")
2797 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2799 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2800 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2801 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2802 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2803 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2804 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2806 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2808 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2809 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2810 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2812 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2814 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2815 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2816 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2818 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2820 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2821 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2822 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2823 displayed.")
2825 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2827 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2828 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2829 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2831 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2833 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2834 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2835 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2837 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2839 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2841 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2842 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2843 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2845 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2846 calendar.")
2848 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2850 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2851 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2852 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2854 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2855 calendar.")
2857 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2859 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2860 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2861 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2863 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2864 calendar.")
2866 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2868 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2869 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2870 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2872 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2874 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2875 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2876 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2877 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2878 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2880 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2882 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2883 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2884 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2885 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2886 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2887 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2888 a function is also provided for this:
2889 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2891 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2892 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2893 date is not visible in the window.
2895 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2896 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2897 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2899 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2901 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2902 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2904 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2905 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2906 date is visible in the window.
2908 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2909 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2910 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2912 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2914 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2915 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2917 For example,
2919 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2921 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2923 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2925 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2926 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2928 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2929 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2931 MONTH/DAY
2932 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2933 MONTHNAME DAY
2934 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2935 DAYNAME
2937 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2938 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2939 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2940 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2941 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2942 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2943 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2944 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2945 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2946 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2947 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2948 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2949 in every week.
2951 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2952 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2953 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2954 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2956 DAY/MONTH
2957 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2958 DAY MONTHNAME
2959 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2960 DAYNAME
2962 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2963 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2965 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2966 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2967 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2968 window but will appear in a diary window.
2970 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2971 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2973 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2974 entries (in the default American style):
2976 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2977 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2978 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2979 21: Payday
2980 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2981 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2982 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2983 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2984 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2985 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2986 &* 15 time cards due.
2988 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2989 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2990 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2991 single diary entry
2993 02/11/1989
2994 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2995 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2996 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2997 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2998 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2999 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3001 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3002 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3003 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3005 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3007 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3009 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3010 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3011 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3012 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3013 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3014 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3015 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3016 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3017 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3018 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3019 details.
3021 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3022 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3023 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3024 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3025 documentation for these functions for details.
3027 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3028 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3030 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3032 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3033 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3035 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3037 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3038 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3040 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3042 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3043 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3045 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3047 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3048 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3050 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3052 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3053 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3054 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3056 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3058 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3059 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3060 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3062 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3064 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3065 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3066 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3067 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3068 full.")
3070 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3072 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3073 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3074 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3075 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3078 DAY/MONTH
3079 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3080 DAY MONTHNAME
3081 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3082 DAYNAME
3084 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3085 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3086 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3087 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3088 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3089 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3091 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3093 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3094 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3095 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3097 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3099 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3100 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3101 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3103 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3105 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3106 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3107 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3109 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3111 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3112 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3113 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3115 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3117 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3118 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3119 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3120 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3121 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3122 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3124 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3126 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3127 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3128 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3130 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3131 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3132 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3133 of the form
3135 #include \"filename\"
3137 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3138 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3139 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3140 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3141 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3143 For example, you could use
3145 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3146 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3147 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3149 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3150 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3151 lexicographic order.")
3153 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3155 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3156 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3157 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3161 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3162 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3163 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3164 diary display.
3166 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3167 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3168 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3169 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3170 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3171 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3172 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3174 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3175 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3176 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3177 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3178 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3179 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3180 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3181 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3183 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3185 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3186 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3187 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3188 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3189 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3190 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3191 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3193 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3195 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3196 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3198 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3199 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3200 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3201 of the form
3202 #include \"filename\"
3203 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3204 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3205 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3206 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3207 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3209 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3211 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3212 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3213 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3214 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3215 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3216 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3217 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3219 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3221 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3222 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3223 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3224 are holidays.")
3226 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3228 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3229 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3230 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3231 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3232 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3234 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3236 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3238 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3239 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3240 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3242 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3244 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3246 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3247 Oriental holidays.
3248 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3250 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3252 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3254 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3255 Local holidays.
3256 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3258 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3260 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3262 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3263 User defined holidays.
3264 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3266 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3268 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3270 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3272 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3274 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3276 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3278 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3280 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3282 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3284 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3286 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3287 Jewish holidays.
3288 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3290 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3292 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3294 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3295 Christian holidays.
3296 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3298 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3300 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3302 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3303 Islamic holidays.
3304 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3306 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3308 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3310 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3311 Baha'i holidays.
3312 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3314 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3316 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3318 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3319 Sun-related holidays.
3320 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3322 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3324 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3326 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3327 The frame setup of the calendar.
3328 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3329 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3330 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3331 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3332 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3334 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3336 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3337 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3338 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3340 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3341 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3345 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3346 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3347 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3349 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3350 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3351 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3352 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3354 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3356 ;;;***
3358 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3359 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17148 25106))
3360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3362 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3363 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3365 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3367 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3368 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3369 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3370 it fails.
3372 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3374 ;;;***
3376 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3377 ;;;;;; (17315 15382))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3380 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3381 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3383 \(fn)" nil nil)
3385 ;;;***
3387 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3388 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3389 ;;;;;; (17296 51210))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3392 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3393 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3394 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3395 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3396 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3397 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3398 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3400 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3402 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3403 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3404 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3405 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3406 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3407 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3408 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3409 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3411 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3412 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3413 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3414 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3415 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3416 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3418 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3420 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3421 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3423 Key bindings:
3424 \\{c-mode-map}
3426 \(fn)" t nil)
3428 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3429 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3431 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3432 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3433 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3434 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3435 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3436 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3437 message.
3439 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3441 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3442 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3444 Key bindings:
3445 \\{c++-mode-map}
3447 \(fn)" t nil)
3449 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3450 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3451 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3453 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3454 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3455 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3456 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3457 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3458 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3459 message.
3461 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3463 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3464 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3466 Key bindings:
3467 \\{objc-mode-map}
3469 \(fn)" t nil)
3471 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3472 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3473 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3475 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3476 Major mode for editing Java code.
3477 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3478 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3479 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3480 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3481 message.
3483 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3485 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3486 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3488 Key bindings:
3489 \\{java-mode-map}
3491 \(fn)" t nil)
3493 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3494 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3497 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3498 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3499 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3500 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3501 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3502 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3503 message.
3505 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3507 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3508 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3510 Key bindings:
3511 \\{idl-mode-map}
3513 \(fn)" t nil)
3515 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3516 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3517 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3518 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3520 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3522 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3523 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3524 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3525 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3526 message.
3528 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3530 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3531 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3533 Key bindings:
3534 \\{pike-mode-map}
3536 \(fn)" t nil)
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3542 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3544 ;;;***
3546 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3547 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17296 51210))
3548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3550 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3551 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3552 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3553 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3555 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3557 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3558 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3559 might get set too.
3561 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3562 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3563 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3564 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3565 way.
3567 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3568 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3569 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3570 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3571 a null operation.
3573 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3575 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3576 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3577 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3578 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3580 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3582 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3583 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3584 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3586 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3588 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3589 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3590 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3591 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3592 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3594 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3596 ;;;***
3598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17296
3599 ;;;;;; 15980))
3600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3601 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3603 ;;;***
3605 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3606 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3607 ;;;;;; (17102 18708))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3610 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3611 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3613 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3615 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3616 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3618 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3620 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3621 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3623 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3624 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3625 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3626 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3627 execution.
3629 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3631 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3633 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3634 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3636 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3637 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3638 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3639 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3641 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3642 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3643 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3644 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3645 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3646 `write' commands.
3648 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3649 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3650 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3651 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3653 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3654 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3655 semantics.
3657 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3659 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3661 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3663 STATEMENT :=
3664 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3665 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3667 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3668 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3669 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3670 | integer
3672 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3674 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3675 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3676 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3678 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3679 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3680 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3682 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3683 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3685 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3686 BREAK := (break)
3688 REPEAT :=
3689 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3690 (repeat)
3691 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3692 ;; (repeat))
3693 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3694 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3695 ;; (read REG)
3696 ;; (repeat))
3697 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3698 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3699 ;; (read REG)
3700 ;; (repeat))
3701 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3703 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3704 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3705 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3706 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3707 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3708 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3709 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3710 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3711 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3712 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3713 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3714 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3715 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3716 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3717 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3718 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3720 WRITE :=
3721 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3722 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3723 ;; representation.
3724 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3725 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3726 ;; (write r7))
3727 | (write EXPRESSION)
3728 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3729 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3730 ;; representation.
3731 | (write integer)
3732 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3733 ;; buffer.
3734 | (write string)
3735 ;; Same as: (write string)
3736 | string
3737 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3738 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3739 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3740 ;; representation.
3741 | (write REG ARRAY)
3742 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3743 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3744 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3745 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3746 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3747 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3749 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3750 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3752 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3753 END := (end)
3755 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3756 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3757 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3759 ARG := REG | integer
3761 OPERATOR :=
3762 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3763 + | - | * | / | %
3765 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3766 | & | `|' | ^
3768 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3769 | << | >>
3771 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3772 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3773 | <8
3775 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3776 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3777 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3778 | >8
3780 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3781 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3782 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3783 | //
3785 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3786 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3788 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3789 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3790 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3791 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3792 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3793 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3794 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3795 | de-sjis
3797 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3798 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3799 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3800 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3801 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3802 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3803 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3804 ;; byte of SJIS.
3805 | en-sjis
3807 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3808 ;; Same meaning as C code
3809 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3811 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3812 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3813 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3814 | <8=
3816 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3817 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3818 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3820 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3821 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3822 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3823 | //=
3825 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3828 TRANSLATE :=
3829 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3830 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3831 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3832 LOOKUP :=
3833 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3834 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3835 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3836 MAP :=
3837 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3838 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3839 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3840 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3841 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3842 MAP-ID := integer
3844 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3846 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3847 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3848 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3849 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3850 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3851 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3853 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3855 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3856 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3857 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3859 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3861 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3863 ;;;***
3865 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3866 ;;;;;; (17140 20960))
3867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3869 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3870 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3871 There are no special keybindings by default.
3873 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3874 to the action header.
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3878 ;;;***
3880 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3881 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3882 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3883 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3884 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3888 ;;;;;; (17239 32275))
3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3891 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3892 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3893 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3894 the users will view as each check is completed.
3896 \(fn)" t nil)
3898 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3899 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3900 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3901 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3902 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3903 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3904 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3905 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3907 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3910 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3911 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3912 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3913 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3914 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3915 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3916 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3918 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3920 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3921 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3922 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3923 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3924 spacing are all verified.
3926 \(fn)" t nil)
3928 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3930 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3931 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3932 otherwise stop after the first error.
3934 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3936 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3937 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3938 Only documentation strings are checked.
3939 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3941 a separate buffer.
3943 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3945 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3946 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3948 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3949 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3954 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3955 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3956 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3957 if there is one.
3959 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3961 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3962 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3963 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3964 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3965 if there is one.
3966 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3968 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3970 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3971 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3972 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3974 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3976 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3977 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3978 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3979 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3980 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3984 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3985 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3986 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3987 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3988 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3989 space at the end of each line.
3991 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3994 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3995 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3996 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3998 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4000 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4001 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4002 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4003 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4005 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4007 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4008 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4009 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4010 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4012 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4014 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4015 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4016 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4017 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4019 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4021 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4022 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4023 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4024 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4026 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4028 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4029 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4030 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4031 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4033 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4035 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4036 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4037 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4038 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4044 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4045 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4047 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4049 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4050 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4051 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4054 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4058 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4060 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4061 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4062 checking of documentation strings.
4064 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4068 ;;;***
4070 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4071 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17246
4072 ;;;;;; 40257))
4073 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4075 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4076 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4077 Return the length of resulting text.
4079 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4081 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4082 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4084 \(fn)" t nil)
4086 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4087 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4088 Return the length of resulting text.
4090 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4092 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4093 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4095 \(fn)" t nil)
4097 ;;;***
4099 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4100 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17148 24944))
4101 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4103 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4104 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4105 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4106 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4107 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4108 editing and the result is evaluated.
4110 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4113 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4114 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4115 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4116 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4118 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4120 \(fn)" t nil)
4122 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4123 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4124 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4125 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4126 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4128 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4129 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4130 \\{command-history-map}
4132 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4133 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4135 \(fn)" t nil)
4137 ;;;***
4139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17374 39354))
4140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4142 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4152 ;;;***
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4155 ;;;;;; (17148 25088))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4158 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4159 Not documented
4161 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4163 ;;;***
4165 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4166 ;;;;;; (17205 6162))
4167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4169 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4170 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4171 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4172 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4174 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4175 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4176 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4177 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4179 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4180 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4182 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4184 ;;;***
4186 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17148
4187 ;;;;;; 24945))
4188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4190 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4191 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4192 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4193 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4194 of `scheme-program-name').
4195 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4199 is run).
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4202 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4203 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4205 ;;;***
4207 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4208 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4209 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17239 32321))
4210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4212 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4213 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4214 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4215 ASCII table.
4217 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4218 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4219 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4220 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4222 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4224 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4225 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4226 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4228 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4230 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4231 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4232 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4234 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4236 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4237 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4238 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4240 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4242 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4243 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4245 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4246 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4247 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4249 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4250 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4252 \(fn)" nil nil)
4254 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4255 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4257 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4258 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4259 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4261 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4263 ;;;***
4265 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4266 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4267 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4268 ;;;;;; (17277 6644))
4269 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4271 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4272 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4273 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4274 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4275 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4276 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4277 functions have already modified the buffer.
4279 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4281 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4282 either globally or locally.")
4284 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4286 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4287 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4288 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4289 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4290 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4291 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4292 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4293 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4295 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4297 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4299 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4300 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4301 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4302 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4303 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4304 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4305 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4306 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4308 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4310 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4312 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4313 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4314 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4315 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4316 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4317 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4319 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4321 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4322 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4323 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4324 directory tracking functions.")
4326 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4327 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4328 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4330 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4332 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4334 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4335 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4336 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4338 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4340 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4342 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4343 Send COMMAND to current process.
4344 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4345 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4347 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4349 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4350 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4351 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4352 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4354 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4356 ;;;***
4358 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17305
4359 ;;;;;; 44991))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4362 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4363 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4364 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4365 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4367 This command pushes the mark in each window
4368 at the prior location of point in that window.
4369 If both windows display the same buffer,
4370 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4371 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4373 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4374 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4375 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4376 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4377 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4378 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4379 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4380 ignored.
4382 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4383 this command work in interlaced mode:
4384 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4385 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4386 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4388 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4390 ;;;***
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4393 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4394 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4395 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4396 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17310 14110))
4397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4399 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4400 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4402 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4404 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4405 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4407 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4409 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4410 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4411 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4412 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4413 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4414 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4415 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4417 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4418 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4419 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4420 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4421 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4423 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4424 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4425 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4426 describing how the process finished.")
4428 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4429 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4430 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4431 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4433 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4434 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4435 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4437 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4439 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4440 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4441 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4442 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4444 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4446 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4447 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4449 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4450 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4452 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4453 (lambda ()
4454 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4455 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4456 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4457 (concat \"make -k \"
4458 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4460 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4462 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4463 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4464 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4465 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4467 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4469 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4470 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4471 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4472 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4474 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4475 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4477 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4478 and move to the source code that caused it.
4480 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4481 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4482 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4483 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4485 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4486 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4487 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4488 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4489 subprocesses.
4491 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4492 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4493 to a function that generates a unique name.
4495 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4497 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4498 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4499 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4500 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4502 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4503 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4504 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4505 to determine the buffer name.
4507 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4508 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4509 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4511 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4513 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4515 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4516 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4517 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4518 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4519 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4521 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4523 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4525 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4527 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4528 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4529 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4530 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4531 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4532 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4533 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4537 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4538 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4539 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4540 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4541 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4542 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4546 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4547 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4548 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4550 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4552 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4554 ;;;***
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4557 ;;;;;; (17315 15381))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4560 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4561 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4562 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4564 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4566 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4568 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4570 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4571 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4572 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4574 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4575 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4576 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4577 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4579 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4580 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4581 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4582 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4584 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4585 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4586 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4587 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4589 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4590 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4591 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4592 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4593 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4597 ;;;***
4599 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4600 ;;;;;; (17366 63944))
4601 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4603 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4604 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4605 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4607 use either \\[customize] or the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4609 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion")
4611 (put (quote dynamic-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4613 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4614 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4618 ;;;***
4620 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4621 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4622 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4623 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17318 56743))
4624 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4626 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4627 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4628 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4629 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4630 `make-composition'.
4632 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4634 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4635 | | 1:tc or top-center
4636 | | 2:tr or top-right
4637 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4638 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4639 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4640 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4641 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4642 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4644 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4645 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4646 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4647 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4648 be added.
4650 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4651 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4652 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4654 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4655 | | |
4656 | global| |
4657 | glyph | |
4658 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4659 +----+--*--+
4660 | | new |
4661 | |glyph|
4662 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4665 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4666 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4667 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4668 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4670 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4672 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4673 Compose characters in the current region.
4675 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4676 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4678 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4680 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4681 specifying the region.
4683 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4684 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4685 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4687 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4688 of the text in the region.
4690 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4692 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4693 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4694 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4695 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4697 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4698 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4699 detail.
4701 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4702 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4703 text in the composition.
4705 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4707 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4708 Decompose text in the current region.
4710 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4711 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4713 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4715 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4716 Compose characters in string STRING.
4718 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4719 the characters in it.
4721 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4722 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4723 STRING respectively.
4725 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4726 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4727 `compose-region' for more detail.
4729 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4730 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4731 text in the composition.
4733 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4735 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4736 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4738 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4740 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4741 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4742 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4743 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4744 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4745 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4746 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4747 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4749 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4751 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4752 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4754 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4755 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4757 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4758 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4760 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4761 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4763 If no composition is found, return nil.
4765 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4766 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4768 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4769 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4770 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4772 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4774 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4776 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4777 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4778 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4780 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4782 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4784 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4786 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4787 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4789 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4790 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4791 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4792 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4793 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4794 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4795 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4796 nil.
4798 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4800 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4801 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4803 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4805 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4806 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4808 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4810 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4812 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4813 Compose last characters.
4814 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4815 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4816 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4817 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4818 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4819 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4820 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4821 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4822 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4823 after a sequence of character events.
4825 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4826 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4828 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4829 Convert CHAR to string.
4831 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4832 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4833 vector of CHAR respectively.
4834 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4836 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4838 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4840 ;;;***
4842 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4843 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4844 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17251 52024))
4845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4847 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4848 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4849 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4850 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4851 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4852 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4853 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4855 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4856 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4857 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4859 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4860 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4861 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4863 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4864 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4865 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4866 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4868 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4869 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4870 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4871 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4872 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4873 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4874 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4876 \\{conf-mode-map}
4878 \(fn)" t nil)
4880 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4881 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4882 Comments start with `#'.
4883 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4885 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4887 \[Desktop Entry]
4888 Encoding=UTF-8
4889 Name=The GIMP
4890 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4891 Name[cs]=GIMP
4893 \(fn)" t nil)
4895 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4896 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4897 Comments start with `;'.
4898 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4900 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4902 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4903 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4904 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4906 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4907 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4909 \(fn)" t nil)
4911 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4912 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4913 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4914 between `/*' and `*/'.
4915 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4917 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4918 // another kind of comment
4919 /* yet another */
4921 name:value
4922 name=value
4923 name value
4924 x.1 =
4925 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4926 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4928 \(fn)" t nil)
4930 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4931 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4932 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4933 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4934 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4935 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4936 the keywords.
4938 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4940 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4942 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4943 image/png png
4944 image/tiff tiff tif
4946 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4947 class desktop
4948 # Standard multimedia devices
4949 add /dev/audio desktop
4950 add /dev/mixer desktop
4952 \(fn)" t nil)
4954 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4955 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4956 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4957 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4959 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4961 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4962 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4964 \(fn)" t nil)
4966 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4967 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4968 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4969 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4971 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4973 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4974 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4976 \(fn)" t nil)
4978 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4979 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4980 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4981 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4983 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4985 *background: gray99
4986 *foreground: black
4988 \(fn)" t nil)
4990 ;;;***
4992 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4993 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17140 20945))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4996 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4997 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4998 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4999 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5001 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5003 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5004 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5005 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5006 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5008 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5010 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5011 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5012 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5013 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5015 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5017 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5018 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5020 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5022 ;;;***
5024 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5025 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17148 25089))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5028 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5029 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5030 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5031 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5032 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5033 following the copyright are updated as well.
5034 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5035 interactively.
5037 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5039 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5040 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5041 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5043 \(fn)" t nil)
5045 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5046 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5048 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5050 ;;;***
5052 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5053 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
5054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5056 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5057 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5058 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5059 Tab indents for Perl code.
5060 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5061 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5063 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5064 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5065 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5066 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5067 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5068 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5069 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5070 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5071 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5072 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5073 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5074 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5076 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5078 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5079 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5081 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5083 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5084 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5085 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5086 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5087 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5088 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5089 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5090 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5091 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5093 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5095 bite if angry;
5097 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5098 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5099 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5100 to nil.)
5102 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5103 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5104 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5106 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5108 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5109 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5110 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5111 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5112 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5114 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5116 if (A) { B }
5118 into
5120 B if A;
5122 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5124 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5125 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5126 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5127 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5128 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5129 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5130 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5131 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5132 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5133 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5134 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5135 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5136 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5138 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5139 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5140 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5141 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5142 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5143 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5145 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5146 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5147 man via menu.
5149 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5150 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5151 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5152 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5153 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5155 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5156 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5157 span the needed amount of lines.
5159 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5160 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5161 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5162 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5164 Variables controlling indentation style:
5165 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5166 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5167 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5168 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5169 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5170 `cperl-auto-newline'
5171 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5172 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5173 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5174 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5175 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5176 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5177 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5178 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5179 `cperl-indent-level'
5180 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5181 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5182 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5183 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5184 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5185 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5186 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5187 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5188 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5189 `cperl-brace-offset'
5190 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5191 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5192 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5193 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5194 `cperl-label-offset'
5195 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5196 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5197 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5199 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5200 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5201 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5202 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5203 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5205 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5206 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5207 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5208 \(both available from menu).
5210 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5211 column 0 is indented on
5212 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5214 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5215 with no args.
5217 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5218 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5219 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5221 \(fn)" t nil)
5223 ;;;***
5225 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5226 ;;;;;; (17359 40965))
5227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5229 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5230 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5231 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5232 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5233 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5235 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5237 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5238 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5240 \(fn)" t nil)
5242 ;;;***
5244 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5245 ;;;;;; (17140 20920))
5246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5248 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5249 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5250 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5251 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5254 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5256 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5258 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5259 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5260 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5264 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5266 ;;;***
5268 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5269 ;;;;;; (17315 15382))
5270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5272 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5273 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5274 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5275 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5277 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5278 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5279 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5280 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5282 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5283 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5284 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5286 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5287 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5288 'bob', and 'eve'.
5290 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5291 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5292 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5294 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5296 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5297 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5298 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5300 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5302 ;;;***
5304 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5305 ;;;;;; (17377 26465))
5306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5308 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5309 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5310 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5312 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5314 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5316 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5318 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5319 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5320 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5321 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5322 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5324 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5325 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5326 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5327 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5328 function of these prefix keys.
5330 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5331 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5332 options:
5333 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5334 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5335 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5337 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5338 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5339 the prefix fallback behavior.
5341 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5342 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5343 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5344 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5348 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5349 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5351 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5352 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5353 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5354 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5355 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5356 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5357 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5358 (if user-init-file (concat
5359 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5360 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5362 ;;;***
5364 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5365 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5366 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5367 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5368 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5369 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5370 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5371 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5372 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17369 18480))
5373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5374 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5376 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5377 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5379 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5380 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5382 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5383 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5385 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5387 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5389 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5390 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5391 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5393 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5394 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5396 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5397 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5399 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5400 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5402 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5403 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5405 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5407 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5409 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5410 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5411 Return VALUE.
5413 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5414 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5416 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5417 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5419 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5420 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5422 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5423 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5425 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5427 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5429 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5430 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5431 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5432 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5433 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5435 \(fn)" t nil)
5437 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5438 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5439 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5440 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5442 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5444 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5445 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5447 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5449 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5450 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5452 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5454 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5456 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5457 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5459 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5461 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5463 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5464 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5465 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5467 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5469 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5471 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5472 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5473 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5474 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5475 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5477 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5478 that were added or redefined since that version.
5480 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5482 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5483 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5484 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5485 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5487 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5488 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5490 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5492 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5493 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5494 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5496 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5497 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5499 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5501 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5502 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5504 \(fn)" t nil)
5506 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5507 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5509 \(fn)" t nil)
5511 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5512 Customize all already saved user options.
5514 \(fn)" t nil)
5516 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5517 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5518 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5519 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5520 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5521 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5522 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5523 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5525 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5527 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5528 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5529 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5530 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5532 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5534 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5535 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5537 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5539 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5540 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5542 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5544 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5545 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5546 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5547 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5548 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5549 that option.
5551 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5553 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5554 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5555 The result includes selecting that window.
5556 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5557 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5558 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5559 that option.
5561 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5563 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5564 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5566 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5568 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5569 File used for storing customization information.
5570 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5571 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5572 it should be an absolute file name.
5574 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5575 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5576 something like the following in your init file:
5578 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5579 \(load custom-file)
5581 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5582 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5584 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5585 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5586 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5587 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5588 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5590 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5591 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5592 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5593 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5594 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5595 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5596 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5597 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5598 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5599 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5601 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5603 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5606 \(fn)" nil nil)
5608 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5609 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5611 \(fn)" t nil)
5613 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5614 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5615 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5617 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5619 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5620 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5621 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5622 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5623 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5625 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5627 ;;;***
5629 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5630 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17337 17201))
5631 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5633 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5634 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5636 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5638 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5639 Alist of face attributes.
5641 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5642 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5643 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5644 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5645 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5646 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5648 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5649 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5650 customization type TYPE).
5652 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5653 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5654 given face attribute.")
5656 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5657 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5658 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5659 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5661 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5663 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5664 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5665 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5666 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5667 between themes and faces.
5668 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5670 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5671 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5673 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5675 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5676 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5677 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5679 (FACE IGNORED)
5681 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5683 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5685 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5686 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5687 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5689 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5691 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5693 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5695 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5697 ;;;***
5699 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5700 ;;;;;; (17351 13490))
5701 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5703 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5704 Create a custom theme.
5706 \(fn)" t nil)
5708 ;;;***
5710 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5711 ;;;;;; (17148 24952))
5712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5714 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5715 Mode used for cvs status output.
5717 \(fn)" t nil)
5719 ;;;***
5721 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5722 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17298 27296))
5723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5725 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5726 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5728 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5729 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5730 C++ modes are included.
5732 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5736 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5737 Turn on CWarn mode.
5739 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5740 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5742 \(fn)" nil nil)
5744 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5745 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5746 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5748 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5750 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5752 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5754 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5755 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5756 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5757 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5758 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5762 ;;;***
5764 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5765 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5766 ;;;;;; (17102 18767))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5769 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5770 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5772 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5774 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5775 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5777 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5779 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5780 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5781 For readability, the table is slightly
5782 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5784 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5785 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5786 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5787 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5788 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5790 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5792 ;;;***
5794 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5795 ;;;;;; (17290 15905))
5796 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5797 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5798 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5800 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5801 Completion on current word.
5802 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5803 and presents suggestions for completion.
5805 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5806 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5807 completions.
5809 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5810 then it searches *all* buffers.
5812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5814 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5815 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5817 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5818 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5819 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5820 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5821 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5823 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5824 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5826 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5827 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5828 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5830 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5831 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5833 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5835 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5837 ;;;***
5839 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17276
5840 ;;;;;; 44726))
5841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5843 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5844 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5846 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5847 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5848 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5850 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5851 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5852 Data lines are not indented.
5854 Key bindings:
5856 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5857 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5859 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5860 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5861 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5862 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5864 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5866 dcl-basic-offset
5867 Extra indentation within blocks.
5869 dcl-continuation-offset
5870 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5872 dcl-margin-offset
5873 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5875 dcl-margin-label-offset
5876 Indentation for a label.
5878 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5879 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5881 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5882 dcl-block-end-regexp
5883 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5884 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5885 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5886 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5887 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5889 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5890 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5891 Two such functions are included in the package:
5892 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5893 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5895 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5896 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5897 One such function is included in the package:
5898 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5900 dcl-tab-always-indent
5901 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5902 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5903 margin.
5905 dcl-electric-characters
5906 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5907 typed.
5909 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5910 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5911 which words trigger electric indentation.
5913 dcl-tempo-comma
5914 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5915 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5916 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5918 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5919 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5920 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5921 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5923 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5924 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5925 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5926 dcl-imenu-label-call
5927 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5929 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5930 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5931 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5932 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5935 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5937 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5938 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5939 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5940 $ i = 1
5941 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5942 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5943 $ label:
5944 $ if i.eq.1
5945 $ then
5946 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5947 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5948 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5949 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5950 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5951 \"lined up with the command line\"
5952 $ type sys$input
5953 Data lines are not indented at all.
5954 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5955 $ endif
5959 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5960 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5962 \(fn)" t nil)
5964 ;;;***
5966 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5967 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17244 54746))
5968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5970 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5972 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5973 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5974 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5975 of the evaluator.
5977 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5978 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5979 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5981 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5983 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5984 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5986 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5988 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5989 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5990 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5991 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5992 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5993 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5995 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5996 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5998 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6000 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6001 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6002 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6003 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6004 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6006 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6008 ;;;***
6010 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6011 ;;;;;; (17205 6149))
6012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6014 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6015 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6017 \(fn)" t nil)
6019 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6020 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6021 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6022 Upper-case letters are commands.
6024 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6025 modify it.
6027 The most useful commands are:
6028 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6029 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6030 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6031 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6032 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6033 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6035 \(fn)" t nil)
6037 ;;;***
6039 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6040 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17148
6041 ;;;;;; 24953))
6042 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6044 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6045 Customization of `columns' group.
6047 \(fn)" t nil)
6049 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6050 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6052 START and END delimits the text region.
6054 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6056 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6057 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6059 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6061 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6063 ;;;***
6065 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17333
6066 ;;;;;; 17859))
6067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6069 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6070 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6071 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6072 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6073 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6074 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6076 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6078 Customization:
6080 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6081 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6082 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6083 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6084 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6085 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6086 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6087 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6088 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6089 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6090 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6091 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6092 blank line.
6093 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6094 Directories to search when finding external units.
6095 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6096 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6098 Coloring:
6100 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6101 Face used to color delphi comments.
6102 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6103 Face used to color delphi strings.
6104 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6105 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6106 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6107 Face used to color everything else.
6109 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6110 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6112 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6114 ;;;***
6116 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17159
6117 ;;;;;; 1461))
6118 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6120 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6122 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6123 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6124 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6126 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6128 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6130 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6132 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6133 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6134 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6135 positive.
6137 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6138 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6139 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6140 any selection.
6142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6144 ;;;***
6146 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6147 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17298 27296))
6148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6150 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6151 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6153 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6155 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6156 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6157 or nil if there is no parent.
6158 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6159 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6160 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6161 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6162 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6164 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6165 arguments are currently understood:
6166 :group GROUP
6167 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6168 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6169 :syntax-table TABLE
6170 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6171 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6172 :abbrev-table TABLE
6173 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6174 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6176 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6178 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6180 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6181 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6182 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6184 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6185 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6187 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6188 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6189 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6191 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6192 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6194 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6195 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6197 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6199 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6201 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6202 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6203 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6204 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6205 the first time the mode is used.
6207 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6209 ;;;***
6211 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6212 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17329 62402))
6213 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6215 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6216 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6217 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6218 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6219 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6220 otherwise.
6222 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6224 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6225 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6226 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6227 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6228 character composition information (if relevant),
6229 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6231 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6233 ;;;***
6235 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6236 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6237 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17364 14032))
6238 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6240 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6241 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6242 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6244 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6246 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6248 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6249 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6250 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6251 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6252 desktop is saved.
6254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6256 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6257 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6258 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6259 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6261 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6263 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6264 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6265 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6267 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6268 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6269 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6271 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6272 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6274 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6275 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6276 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6278 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6279 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6280 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6281 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6283 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6285 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6286 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6288 Handlers are called with argument list
6290 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6292 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6294 desktop-file-version
6295 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6296 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6297 desktop-buffer-point
6298 desktop-buffer-mark
6299 desktop-buffer-read-only
6300 desktop-buffer-locals
6302 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6303 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6305 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6306 code like
6308 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6310 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6311 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6313 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6315 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6317 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6318 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6319 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6320 List elements must have the form
6322 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6324 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6325 function.
6327 Handlers are called with argument list
6329 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6331 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6333 desktop-file-version
6334 desktop-buffer-file-name
6335 desktop-buffer-name
6336 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6337 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6338 desktop-buffer-point
6339 desktop-buffer-mark
6340 desktop-buffer-read-only
6341 desktop-buffer-misc
6343 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6344 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6345 created and set.
6347 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6348 code like
6350 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6352 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6353 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6355 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6357 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6359 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6361 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6362 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6363 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6364 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6365 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6366 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6367 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6368 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6370 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6372 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6373 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6374 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6376 \(fn)" nil nil)
6378 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6379 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6380 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6381 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6382 directory DIRNAME.
6384 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6386 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6387 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6389 \(fn)" t nil)
6391 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6392 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6394 \(fn)" t nil)
6396 ;;;***
6398 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6399 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6400 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6401 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6402 ;;;;;; (17102 18579))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6405 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6406 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6408 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6410 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6411 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6413 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6415 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6416 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6417 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6419 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6421 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6422 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6423 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6424 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6425 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6426 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6428 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6430 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6431 Repair a broken attribution line.
6432 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6434 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6436 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6437 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6438 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6439 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6441 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6443 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6444 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6446 \(fn)" t nil)
6448 ;;;***
6450 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6451 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17102 18768))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6454 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6456 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6457 Not documented
6459 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6461 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6462 Not documented
6464 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6466 ;;;***
6468 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6469 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17307 14150))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6472 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6473 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6474 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6475 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6476 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6480 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6481 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6482 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6483 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6485 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6486 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6487 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6488 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6490 #!/bin/sh
6491 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6492 emacs -batch \\
6493 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6494 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6495 european-calendar-style t \\
6496 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6497 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6498 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6500 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6501 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6502 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6503 to run it every morning at 1am.
6505 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6507 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6508 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6510 \(fn)" t nil)
6512 ;;;***
6514 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6515 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17239 32193))
6516 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6518 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6519 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6521 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6523 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6524 *The command to use to run diff.")
6526 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6528 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6529 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6530 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6531 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6532 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6533 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6535 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6537 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6538 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6539 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6540 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6541 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6542 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6544 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6546 ;;;***
6548 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6549 ;;;;;; (17239 32193))
6550 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6552 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6553 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6554 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6555 normal diffs.
6556 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6557 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6558 headers for you on-the-fly.
6560 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6561 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6562 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6564 \(fn)" t nil)
6566 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6567 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6568 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6572 ;;;***
6574 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6575 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6576 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6577 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6578 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17359 58110))
6579 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6581 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6582 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6583 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6584 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6585 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6586 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6587 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6588 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6590 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6592 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6593 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6595 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6596 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6597 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6598 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6599 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6601 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6602 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6604 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6605 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6606 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6607 always set this variable to t.")
6609 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6611 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6612 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6613 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6614 A value of t means move to first file.")
6616 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6618 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6619 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6620 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6621 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6622 are afterward marked with that character.")
6624 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6626 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6627 *Controls marking of copied files.
6628 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6629 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6631 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6633 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6634 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6635 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6636 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6638 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6640 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6641 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6642 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6643 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6645 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6647 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6648 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6649 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6650 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6652 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6654 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6656 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6657 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6658 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6660 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6662 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6663 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6664 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6665 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6666 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6667 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6669 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6670 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6671 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6672 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6673 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6674 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6675 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6676 list of files to make directory entries for.
6677 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6678 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6679 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6680 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6682 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6684 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6685 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6687 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6688 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6690 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6691 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6693 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6694 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6696 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6698 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6699 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6701 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6703 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6704 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6705 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6706 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6707 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6708 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6709 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6710 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6711 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6712 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6713 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6714 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6715 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6716 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6717 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6718 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6719 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6720 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6721 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6722 to see why something went wrong.
6723 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6724 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6725 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6726 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6727 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6728 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6729 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6730 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6731 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6732 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6733 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6734 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6735 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6737 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6738 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6739 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6740 again for the directory tree.
6742 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6743 for more info):
6745 `dired-listing-switches'
6746 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6747 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6748 `dired-marker-char'
6749 `dired-del-marker'
6750 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6751 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6752 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6753 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6755 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6757 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6758 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6759 `dired-mode-hook'
6760 `dired-load-hook'
6762 Keybindings:
6763 \\{dired-mode-map}
6765 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6766 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6768 ;;;***
6770 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6771 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6772 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6773 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6774 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6775 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6776 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6777 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6778 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6779 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6780 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6781 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6782 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6783 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17356 25047))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6786 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6787 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6788 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6789 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6790 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6791 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6792 which is options for `diff'.
6794 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6796 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6797 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6798 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6799 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6800 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6801 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6803 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6805 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6806 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6807 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6808 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6809 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6810 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6811 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6813 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6815 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6816 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6817 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6818 returned by function `file-attributes'
6820 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6821 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6823 Examples of PREDICATE:
6825 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6826 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6827 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6828 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6829 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6831 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6833 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6834 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6835 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6839 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6840 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6844 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6845 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6849 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6850 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6851 This calls touch.
6853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6855 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6856 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6857 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6858 `lpr-switches' as default.
6860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6862 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6863 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6864 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6865 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6866 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6868 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6869 with a prefix argument.
6871 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6873 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6874 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6875 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6876 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6877 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6879 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6880 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6882 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6883 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6884 file name substituted for `?'.
6886 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6887 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6889 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6890 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6891 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6892 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6894 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6896 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6897 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6898 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6900 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6901 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6902 in a subdir.
6904 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6905 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6907 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6909 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6910 Not documented
6912 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6914 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6915 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6916 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6917 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6918 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6919 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6920 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6921 from the buffer as well.
6922 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6923 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6924 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6926 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6928 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6929 Not documented
6931 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6933 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6934 Not documented
6936 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6938 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6939 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6943 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6944 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6948 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6949 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6953 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6954 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6955 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6956 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6958 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6959 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6960 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6961 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6962 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6963 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6964 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6966 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6968 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6969 Not documented
6971 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6973 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6974 Not documented
6976 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6978 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6979 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6981 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6983 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6984 Not documented
6986 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6988 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6989 Not documented
6991 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6993 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6994 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6996 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6998 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6999 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7000 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7001 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7002 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7003 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7004 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7005 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7006 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7010 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7011 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7012 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7013 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7014 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7015 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7016 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7017 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7021 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7022 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7023 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7024 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7025 and new hard links are made in that directory
7026 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7027 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7028 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7032 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7033 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7034 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7035 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7036 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7037 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7038 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7042 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7043 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7045 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7046 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7047 file if none are marked.
7049 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7050 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7051 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7052 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7054 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7055 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7057 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7059 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7061 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7063 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7065 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7066 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7067 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7069 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7071 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7073 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7075 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7077 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7078 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7082 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7083 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7087 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7088 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7089 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7090 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7091 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7092 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7093 this subdirectory.
7094 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7096 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7097 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7098 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7099 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7100 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7101 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7102 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7104 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7106 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7107 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7108 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7109 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7110 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7111 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7112 this subdirectory.
7113 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7115 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7117 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7118 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7119 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7121 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7123 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7124 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7125 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7126 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7128 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7130 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7131 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7132 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7133 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7135 \(fn)" t nil)
7137 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7139 Lower levels are unaffected.
7141 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7143 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7144 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7146 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7148 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7149 Go down in the dired tree.
7151 \(fn)" t nil)
7153 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7154 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7155 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7156 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7158 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7162 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7163 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7167 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7168 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7169 Stops when a match is found.
7170 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7172 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7174 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7175 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7176 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7177 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7178 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7180 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7182 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7183 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7184 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7185 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7187 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7189 ;;;***
7191 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17273 1329))
7192 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7194 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7195 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7196 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7197 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7198 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7199 buffer and try again.
7201 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7203 ;;;***
7205 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17148 24959))
7206 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7208 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7209 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7210 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7212 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7214 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7215 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7217 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7218 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7220 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7222 ;;;***
7224 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17148
7225 ;;;;;; 25090))
7226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7228 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7229 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7230 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7231 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7232 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7233 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7235 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7237 ;;;***
7239 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7240 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7241 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7242 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7243 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17297 52532))
7244 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7246 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7247 Return a new, empty display table.
7249 \(fn)" nil nil)
7251 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7252 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7253 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7254 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7255 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7257 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7259 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7260 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7261 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7262 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7263 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7265 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7267 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7268 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7270 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7272 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7273 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7275 \(fn)" t nil)
7277 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7278 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7280 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7282 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7283 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7285 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7287 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7288 Display character C using printable string S.
7290 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7292 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7293 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7294 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7295 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7297 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7299 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7300 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7301 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7302 X frame.
7304 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7306 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7307 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7309 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7311 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7312 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7314 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7316 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7317 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7319 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7320 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7321 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7322 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7324 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7325 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7326 European character display.
7328 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7329 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7330 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7331 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7333 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7334 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7335 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7336 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7337 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7339 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7341 ;;;***
7343 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7344 ;;;;;; (17140 20946))
7345 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7347 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7348 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7349 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7350 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7351 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7352 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7353 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7354 Default is 2.
7356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7358 ;;;***
7360 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17205 5985))
7361 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7363 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7364 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7365 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7366 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7367 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7368 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7369 private or ask).
7370 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7371 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7372 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7373 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7374 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7376 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7378 ;;;***
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7381 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17148 25205))
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7384 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7385 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7386 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7387 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7388 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7389 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7390 table and its own syntax table.
7392 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7394 \(fn)" t nil)
7396 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7397 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7402 ;;;***
7404 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17364 14033))
7405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7407 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7408 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7412 ;;;***
7414 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7415 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7418 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7419 Toggle Double mode.
7420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7421 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7423 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7425 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7426 Toggle Double mode.
7427 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7429 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7430 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7432 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7434 ;;;***
7436 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17140 20947))
7437 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7439 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7440 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7444 ;;;***
7446 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7447 ;;;;;; (17148 25106))
7448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7450 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7451 Play sounds in message buffers.
7453 \(fn)" t nil)
7455 ;;;***
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7458 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7459 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17298 27296))
7460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7462 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7464 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7465 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7466 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7467 and toggle command MODE.
7469 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7470 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7471 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7472 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7473 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7474 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7475 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7476 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7477 used (see below).
7479 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7480 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7481 `mode-HOOK'.
7482 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7483 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7484 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7485 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7486 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7487 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7488 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7489 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7490 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7491 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7492 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7493 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7494 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7495 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7497 For example, you could write
7498 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7499 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7500 ...BODY CODE...)
7502 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7504 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7506 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7507 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7508 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7509 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7510 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7511 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7512 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7513 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7514 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7515 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7516 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7517 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7519 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7520 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7521 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7522 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7523 call another major mode in their body.
7525 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7527 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7528 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7529 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7530 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7531 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7532 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7533 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7535 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7537 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7538 Not documented
7540 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7542 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7543 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7544 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7546 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7548 ;;;***
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7551 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17250
7552 ;;;;;; 28361))
7553 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7555 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7557 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7558 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7560 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7561 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7562 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7564 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7565 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7567 :filter FUNCTION
7569 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7570 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7572 :visible INCLUDE
7574 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7575 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7577 :active ENABLE
7579 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7580 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7582 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7584 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7586 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7588 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7589 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7591 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7592 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7594 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7596 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7598 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7600 :keys KEYS
7602 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7603 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7604 computed automatically.
7605 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7607 :key-sequence KEYS
7609 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7610 menu item.
7611 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7612 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7613 keyboard equivalent.
7615 :active ENABLE
7617 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7618 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7620 :visible INCLUDE
7622 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7623 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7625 :suffix FORM
7627 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7628 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7630 :style STYLE
7632 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7633 defined:
7635 toggle: A checkbox.
7636 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7637 radio: A radio button.
7638 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7639 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7640 menu bar itself.
7641 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7643 :selected SELECTED
7645 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7646 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7648 :help HELP
7650 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7652 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7653 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7654 as a solid horizontal line.
7656 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7658 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7660 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7661 Not documented
7663 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7665 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7666 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7667 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7668 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7670 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7672 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7673 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7674 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7675 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7676 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7677 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7679 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7680 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7681 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7683 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7684 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7686 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7688 ;;;***
7690 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7691 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7692 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7693 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7694 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7695 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7696 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7697 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17239 32372))
7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7700 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7701 Customization for ebnf group.
7703 \(fn)" t nil)
7705 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7706 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7708 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7710 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7711 processed.
7713 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7715 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7717 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7718 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7720 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7721 killed after process termination.
7723 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7725 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7727 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7728 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7730 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7731 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7732 it to the printer.
7734 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7735 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7736 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7737 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7739 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7741 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7742 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7743 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7745 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7747 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7748 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7750 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7752 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7753 processed.
7755 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7757 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7759 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7760 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7762 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7763 killed after process termination.
7765 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7767 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7769 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7770 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7771 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7772 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7774 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7776 \(fn)" t nil)
7778 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7779 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7780 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7782 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7784 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7786 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7787 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7789 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7791 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7792 processed.
7794 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7796 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7798 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7799 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7801 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7802 killed after EPS generation.
7804 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7806 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7808 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7809 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7811 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7812 The EPS file name has the following form:
7814 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7816 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7817 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7819 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7820 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7821 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7822 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7824 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7826 \(fn)" t nil)
7828 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7829 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7831 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7832 The EPS file name has the following form:
7834 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7836 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7837 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7839 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7840 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7841 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7842 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7844 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7846 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7848 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7850 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7851 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7853 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7855 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7856 processed.
7858 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7860 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7862 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7863 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7865 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7866 killed after syntax checking.
7868 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7870 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7872 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7873 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7875 \(fn)" t nil)
7877 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7878 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7880 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7882 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7883 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7885 \(fn)" nil nil)
7887 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7888 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7890 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7892 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7894 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7895 Delete style NAME.
7897 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7899 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7901 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7902 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7904 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7906 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7908 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7909 Set STYLE as the current style.
7911 It returns the old style symbol.
7913 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7915 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7917 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7918 Reset current style.
7920 It returns the old style symbol.
7922 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7924 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7926 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7927 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7929 It returns the old style symbol.
7931 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7933 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7935 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7936 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7938 It returns the old style symbol.
7940 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7942 \(fn)" t nil)
7944 ;;;***
7946 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7947 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7948 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7949 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7950 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7951 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7952 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7953 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7954 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7955 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7956 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17239
7957 ;;;;;; 32375))
7958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7960 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7961 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7962 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7963 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7964 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7965 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7967 Tree mode key bindings:
7968 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7970 \(fn)" t nil)
7972 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7973 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7975 \(fn)" t nil)
7977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7978 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7980 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7982 \(fn)" nil nil)
7984 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7985 View declaration of member at point.
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7989 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7990 Find declaration of member at point.
7992 \(fn)" t nil)
7994 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7995 View definition of member at point.
7997 \(fn)" t nil)
7999 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8000 Find definition of member at point.
8002 \(fn)" t nil)
8004 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8005 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8007 \(fn)" t nil)
8009 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8010 View definition of member at point in other window.
8012 \(fn)" t nil)
8014 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8015 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8017 \(fn)" t nil)
8019 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8020 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8022 \(fn)" t nil)
8024 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8025 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8027 \(fn)" t nil)
8029 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8030 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8032 \(fn)" t nil)
8034 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8035 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8036 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8037 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8038 completion.
8040 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8042 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8043 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8044 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8045 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8047 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8049 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8050 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8051 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8052 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8054 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8056 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8057 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8058 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8060 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8062 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8063 Search for call sites of a member.
8064 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8065 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8066 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8067 looks like a function call to the member.
8069 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8071 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8072 Move backward in the position stack.
8073 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8075 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8077 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8078 Move forward in the position stack.
8079 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8081 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8083 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8084 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8088 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8089 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8091 \(fn)" t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8094 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8095 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8096 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8098 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8100 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8101 Display statistics for a class tree.
8103 \(fn)" t nil)
8105 ;;;***
8107 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8108 ;;;;;; (17148 24959))
8109 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8111 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8112 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8113 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8114 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8116 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8117 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8118 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8120 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8121 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8122 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8124 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8126 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8128 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8130 ;;;***
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8133 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17205 5985))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8136 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8137 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8138 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8140 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8142 ;;;***
8144 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8145 ;;;;;; def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8146 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17324 31506))
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8149 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8150 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8151 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8152 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8153 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8155 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8156 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8157 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8158 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8160 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8162 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8163 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8164 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8165 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8167 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8169 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8170 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8171 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8172 \(naming a function), or a list.
8174 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8176 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8178 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8179 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8180 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8181 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8182 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8184 If you do this on a function definition
8185 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8186 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8187 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8188 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8190 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8191 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8192 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8193 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8194 already is one.)
8196 \(fn)" t nil)
8198 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8199 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8201 \(fn)" t nil)
8203 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8204 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8206 \(fn)" t nil)
8208 ;;;***
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8211 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8212 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8213 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8214 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8215 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8216 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8217 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8218 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8219 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17287 6474))
8220 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8222 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8223 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8225 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8227 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8228 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8230 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8232 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8234 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8236 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8237 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8238 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8239 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8241 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8243 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8244 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8246 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8248 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8250 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8251 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8253 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8255 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8257 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8258 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8259 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8260 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8262 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8264 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8266 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8267 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8268 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8269 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8271 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8273 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8275 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8276 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8277 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8278 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8280 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8282 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8284 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8285 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8286 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8287 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8289 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8291 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8293 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8294 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8295 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8296 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8297 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8298 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8300 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8302 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8303 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8304 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8305 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8307 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8309 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8311 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8312 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8313 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8314 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8316 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8318 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8320 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8322 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8323 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8324 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8325 follows:
8326 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8327 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8329 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8331 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8332 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8333 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8334 follows:
8335 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8336 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8338 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8340 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8341 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8342 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8343 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8344 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8345 region.
8346 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8347 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8349 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8351 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8352 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8353 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8354 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8355 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8356 region.
8357 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8358 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8359 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8361 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8363 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8365 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8366 Merge two files without ancestor.
8368 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8370 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8371 Merge two files with ancestor.
8373 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8375 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8377 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8378 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8380 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8382 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8383 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8385 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8387 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8388 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8389 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8390 buffer.
8392 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8394 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8395 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8396 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8397 buffer.
8399 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8401 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8402 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8403 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8404 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8406 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8408 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8409 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8410 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8411 and don't ask the user.
8412 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8413 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8415 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8417 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8418 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8419 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8420 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8421 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8422 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8423 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8424 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8426 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8428 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8430 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8432 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8433 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8434 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8435 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8436 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8438 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8440 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8442 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8443 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8444 When called interactively, displays the version.
8446 \(fn)" t nil)
8448 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8449 Display Ediff's manual.
8450 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8452 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8454 ;;;***
8456 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8457 ;;;;;; (17148 24960))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8460 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8461 Not documented
8463 \(fn)" t nil)
8465 ;;;***
8467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17148 24960))
8468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8470 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8471 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8473 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8475 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8477 ;;;***
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8480 ;;;;;; (17374 18401))
8481 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8483 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8484 Display Ediff's registry.
8486 \(fn)" t nil)
8488 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8490 ;;;***
8492 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8493 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17274 24016))
8494 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8496 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8497 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8498 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8499 which see.
8501 \(fn)" t nil)
8503 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8504 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8505 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8506 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8508 \(fn)" t nil)
8510 ;;;***
8512 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8513 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8514 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8515 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8517 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8518 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8519 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8521 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8522 Edit a keyboard macro.
8523 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8524 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8525 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8526 its command name.
8527 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8529 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8531 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8532 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8534 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8536 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8537 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8539 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8541 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8542 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8543 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8544 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8545 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8546 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8548 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8549 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8550 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8551 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8553 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8555 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8556 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8557 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8558 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8559 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8560 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8562 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8564 ;;;***
8566 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8567 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17140 20922))
8568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8570 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8571 Set scroll margins.
8572 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8573 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8575 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8577 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8578 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8580 \(fn)" t nil)
8582 ;;;***
8584 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8585 ;;;;;; (17148 24966))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8588 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8589 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8590 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8591 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8592 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8593 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8594 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8595 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8597 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8598 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8600 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8601 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8602 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8603 this value is non-nil.
8605 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8606 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8607 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8609 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8610 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8611 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8613 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8615 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8616 Not documented
8618 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8620 ;;;***
8622 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8623 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17239 32276))
8624 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8626 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8627 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8629 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8631 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8632 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8633 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8634 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8635 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8636 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8637 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8639 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8643 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8644 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8646 \(fn)" t nil)
8648 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8649 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8650 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8651 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8652 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8653 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8654 arg list.
8656 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8657 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17148
8662 ;;;;;; 24966))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8665 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8666 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8668 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8669 an elided material again.
8671 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8675 ;;;***
8677 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8678 ;;;;;; (17148 25094))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8681 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8682 Initialize elint.
8684 \(fn)" t nil)
8686 ;;;***
8688 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8689 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17291
8690 ;;;;;; 34530))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8693 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8694 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8695 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8697 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8699 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8700 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8701 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8703 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8705 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8706 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8707 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8709 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8711 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8713 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8714 Display current profiling results.
8715 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8716 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8717 displayed.
8719 \(fn)" t nil)
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8724 ;;;;;; (17347 48575))
8725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8727 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8728 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8729 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8731 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8733 ;;;***
8735 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8736 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8737 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8738 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8739 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
8740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8742 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8743 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8744 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8745 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8746 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8747 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8748 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8749 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8750 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8751 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8752 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8753 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8754 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8755 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8756 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8757 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8759 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8760 Run Emerge on two files.
8762 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8764 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8765 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8767 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8769 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8770 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8772 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8774 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8775 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8777 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8779 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8780 Not documented
8782 \(fn)" nil nil)
8784 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8785 Not documented
8787 \(fn)" nil nil)
8789 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8790 Not documented
8792 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8794 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8795 Not documented
8797 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8799 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8800 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8802 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8804 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8805 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8807 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8809 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8810 Not documented
8812 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8814 ;;;***
8816 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8817 ;;;;;; (17102 18713))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8820 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8821 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8822 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8824 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8826 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8828 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8830 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8831 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8832 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8834 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8835 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8836 automatically.
8838 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8839 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8840 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8844 ;;;***
8846 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8847 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17148 25205))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8850 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8851 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8852 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8853 text/enriched format.
8854 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8856 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8857 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8859 Commands:
8861 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8865 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8866 Not documented
8868 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8870 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8871 Not documented
8873 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8875 ;;;***
8877 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-select erc-select-read-args) "erc" "erc/erc.el"
8878 ;;;;;; (17379 25495))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8881 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
8882 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8884 \(fn)" nil nil)
8886 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
8887 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
8888 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
8889 (server (erc-compute-server))
8890 (port (erc-compute-port))
8891 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8892 password
8893 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8895 That is, if called with
8896 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8897 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8898 erc-compute-port, erc-compute-nick and erc-compute-full-name will
8899 be invoked for those parameters' values
8901 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8903 ;;;***
8905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17372
8906 ;;;;;; 48745))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8908 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8910 ;;;***
8912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autojoin" "erc/erc-autojoin.el" (17372
8913 ;;;;;; 48745))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autojoin.el
8915 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-autojoin" nil t)
8917 ;;;***
8919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17372 48745))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8921 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8923 ;;;***
8925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8927 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8929 ;;;***
8931 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-complete) "erc-complete" "erc/erc-complete.el"
8932 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-complete.el
8935 (autoload (quote erc-complete) "erc-complete" "\
8936 Complete nick at point.
8937 See `erc-try-complete-nick' for more technical info.
8938 This function is obsolete, use `erc-pcomplete' instead.
8940 \(fn)" t nil)
8942 ;;;***
8944 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8945 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17372 48745))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8948 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8949 Parser for /dcc command.
8950 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8951 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8952 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8954 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8956 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8957 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8959 \(fn)" nil nil)
8961 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
8962 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8964 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
8965 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8966 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8967 that subcommand.
8969 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8971 ;;;***
8973 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8974 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8975 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8976 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8977 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
8978 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8980 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8981 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8983 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8985 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8987 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8988 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8990 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8992 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8993 Not documented
8995 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8997 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
8998 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9000 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9002 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9003 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9005 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9007 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9008 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9010 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9012 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9013 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9015 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9017 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9018 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9020 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9022 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9023 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9025 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9027 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9028 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9030 \(fn)" nil nil)
9032 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9033 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9035 \(fn)" nil nil)
9037 ;;;***
9039 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17372
9040 ;;;;;; 48745))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9042 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9044 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9045 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9046 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9048 \(fn)" nil nil)
9050 ;;;***
9052 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9053 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9056 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9057 Not documented
9059 \(fn)" nil nil)
9061 ;;;***
9063 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-cmd-LIST) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9064 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9067 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-LIST) "erc-list" "\
9068 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9069 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9070 available channel).
9072 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9074 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9075 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9076 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9077 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9079 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9081 ;;;***
9083 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9084 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17372 48745))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9088 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9089 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9090 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9091 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9092 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9093 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9095 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9097 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9098 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9099 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9100 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9102 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9103 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9104 automatically.
9106 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9107 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9109 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9111 ;;;***
9113 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9114 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9115 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9116 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9118 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9120 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9121 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9123 \(fn)" t nil)
9125 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9126 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9128 \(fn)" t nil)
9130 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9131 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9133 \(fn)" t nil)
9135 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9136 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9138 \(fn)" t nil)
9140 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9141 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9143 \(fn)" t nil)
9145 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9146 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9148 \(fn)" t nil)
9150 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9151 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9153 \(fn)" t nil)
9155 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9156 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9158 \(fn)" t nil)
9160 ;;;***
9162 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-nets"
9163 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nets.el" (17372 48745))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-nets.el
9166 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-nets" "\
9167 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9168 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9169 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9171 \(fn)" nil nil)
9173 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-nets" "\
9174 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9176 \(fn)" t nil)
9178 ;;;***
9180 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9181 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9182 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9183 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9185 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9186 Show who's gone.
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9190 ;;;***
9192 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9193 ;;;;;; "erc-nickserv" "erc/erc-nickserv.el" (17372 48745))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-nickserv.el
9195 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-nickserv" nil t)
9197 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-nickserv" "\
9198 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9200 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9202 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-nickserv" "\
9203 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9204 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9206 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9208 ;;;***
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9211 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17372 48745))
9212 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9213 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9215 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9216 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9217 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9218 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9220 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9222 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9223 Not documented
9225 \(fn)" nil nil)
9227 ;;;***
9229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17372 48745))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9231 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9233 ;;;***
9235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17372
9236 ;;;;;; 48745))
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9238 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9240 ;;;***
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17372 48745))
9243 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9244 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9246 ;;;***
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17372 48745))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9250 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9252 ;;;***
9254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17372 48745))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9256 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9258 ;;;***
9260 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9261 ;;;;;; (17373 26133))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9264 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9265 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9266 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9270 ;;;***
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17372
9273 ;;;;;; 48745))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9275 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9277 ;;;***
9279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17374 46377))
9280 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9281 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9283 ;;;***
9285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17372 48745))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9287 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9288 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9290 ;;;***
9292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9293 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17372 48745))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9297 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9298 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9299 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9300 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9302 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9304 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9305 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9306 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9308 \(fn)" t nil)
9310 ;;;***
9312 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9313 ;;;;;; (17372 48745))
9314 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9316 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9317 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9319 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9321 ;;;***
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17140
9324 ;;;;;; 20930))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9327 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9328 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9330 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9332 \(fn)" nil nil)
9334 ;;;***
9336 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17140
9337 ;;;;;; 20931))
9338 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9340 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9341 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9345 ;;;***
9347 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9348 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17148 25104))
9349 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9351 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9352 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9353 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9354 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9355 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9356 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9357 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9358 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9359 buffer selected (or created).
9361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9363 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9364 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9365 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9367 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9369 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9370 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9371 The result might be any Lisp object.
9372 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9373 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9374 corresponding to a successful execution.
9376 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9378 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9379 Report a bug in Eshell.
9380 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9381 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9383 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9385 ;;;***
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9388 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9389 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9390 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9391 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9392 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9393 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9394 ;;;;;; (17242 7321))
9395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9397 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9398 *File name of tags table.
9399 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9400 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9401 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9402 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9404 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9405 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9406 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9407 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9409 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9411 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9412 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9413 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9414 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9415 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9416 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9418 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9420 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9421 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9422 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9423 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9424 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9425 `auto-compression-mode').")
9427 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9429 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9430 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9431 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9432 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9433 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9435 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9437 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9438 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9439 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9440 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9442 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9444 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9445 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9446 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9447 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9448 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9450 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9452 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9453 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9455 \(fn)" t nil)
9457 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9458 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9459 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9460 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9462 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9463 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9464 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9465 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9466 file the tag was in.
9468 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9470 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9471 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9472 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9473 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9474 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9475 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9476 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9477 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9478 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9480 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9482 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9483 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9484 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9485 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9486 without directory names.
9488 \(fn)" nil nil)
9490 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9492 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9493 but does not select the buffer.
9494 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9496 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9497 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9498 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9499 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9500 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9502 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9504 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9505 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9506 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9508 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9510 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9512 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9513 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9514 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9515 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9517 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9518 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9519 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9520 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9521 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9523 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9525 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9526 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9527 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9529 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9531 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9532 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9534 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9535 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9536 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9537 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9538 around or before point.
9540 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9541 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9542 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9543 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9544 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9546 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9548 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9549 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9550 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9552 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9554 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9555 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9557 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9558 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9559 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9560 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9561 around or before point.
9563 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9564 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9565 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9566 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9567 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9569 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9571 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9572 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9573 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9575 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9577 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9578 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9580 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9581 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9582 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9584 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9585 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9586 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9587 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9588 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9590 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9592 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9593 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9594 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9596 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9598 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9599 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9600 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9602 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9603 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9605 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9606 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9607 where they were found.
9609 \(fn)" t nil)
9611 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9612 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9614 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9615 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9616 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9618 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9619 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9621 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9622 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9624 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9626 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9627 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9628 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9629 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9631 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9632 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9633 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9634 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9635 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9637 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9638 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9640 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9641 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9642 Stops when a match is found.
9643 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9645 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9647 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9649 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9650 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9651 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9652 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9653 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9655 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9657 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9659 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9660 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9661 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9662 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9663 directory specification.
9665 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9667 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9668 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9670 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9672 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9673 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9674 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9675 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9677 \(fn)" t nil)
9679 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9680 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9681 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9682 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9683 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9685 \(fn)" t nil)
9687 ;;;***
9689 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9690 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9691 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9692 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9693 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9694 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9695 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9696 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17316 61871))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9699 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9700 Not documented
9702 \(fn)" nil nil)
9704 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9705 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9706 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9707 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9709 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9710 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9711 language.
9713 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9714 even if the buffer is read-only.
9716 See also the descriptions of the variables
9717 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9718 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9720 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9722 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9723 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9725 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9726 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9728 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9729 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9730 language.
9732 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9733 buffer is read-only.
9735 See also the descriptions of the variables
9736 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9737 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9739 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9741 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9742 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9743 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9747 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9748 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9750 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9751 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9753 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9754 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9758 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9759 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9760 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9761 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9763 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9765 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9766 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9767 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9768 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9770 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9771 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9772 the primary language.
9774 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9775 buffer is read-only.
9777 See also the descriptions of the variables
9778 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9779 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9781 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9783 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9784 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9785 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9786 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9788 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9789 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9790 primary language.
9792 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9793 buffer is read-only.
9795 See also the descriptions of the variables
9796 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9797 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9799 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9801 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9802 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9803 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9807 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9808 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9810 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9811 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9812 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9813 3) convert the body into SERA.
9815 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9817 \(fn)" t nil)
9819 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9820 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9821 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9823 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9825 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9826 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9828 \(fn)" t nil)
9830 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9831 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9833 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9834 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9835 be 1, 2, or 3.
9837 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9838 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9839 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9841 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9843 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9845 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9846 Allow the user to input special characters.
9848 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9850 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9851 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9852 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9854 \(fn)" t nil)
9856 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9857 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9859 \(fn)" t nil)
9861 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9862 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9864 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9865 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9867 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9868 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9870 \(fn)" nil nil)
9872 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9873 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9875 \(fn)" nil nil)
9877 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9878 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9880 \(fn)" nil nil)
9882 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9883 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9885 \(fn)" nil nil)
9887 ;;;***
9889 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9890 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9891 ;;;;;; (17255 34870))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9894 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9895 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9896 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9897 server for future sessions.
9899 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9901 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9902 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9903 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9905 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9907 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9908 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9909 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9911 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9913 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9914 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9915 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9916 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9917 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9918 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9919 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9920 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9921 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9922 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9923 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9924 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9926 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9928 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9929 Display a form to query the directory server.
9930 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9931 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9933 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9935 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9936 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9937 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9939 \(fn)" t nil)
9941 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9943 ;;;***
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9946 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9947 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17140 20940))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9950 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9951 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9953 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9955 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9956 Display URL and make it clickable.
9958 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9960 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9961 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9963 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9965 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9966 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9968 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9970 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
9971 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9973 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9975 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
9976 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9978 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9980 ;;;***
9982 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9983 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17140 20940))
9984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9986 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
9987 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9988 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9990 \(fn)" t nil)
9992 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
9993 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9995 \(fn)" t nil)
9997 ;;;***
9999 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10000 ;;;;;; (17140 20940))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10003 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10004 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10006 \(fn)" t nil)
10008 ;;;***
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10011 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10012 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10013 ;;;;;; (17140 20967))
10014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10016 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10017 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10018 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10020 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10022 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10023 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10024 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10025 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10026 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10028 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10030 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10031 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10032 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10033 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10034 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10035 executable.
10037 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10039 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10040 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10041 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10043 \(fn)" t nil)
10045 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10046 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10047 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10048 file modes.
10050 \(fn)" nil nil)
10052 ;;;***
10054 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10055 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17148 24967))
10056 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10058 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10059 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10060 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10061 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10063 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10065 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10066 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10067 to generate such functions.
10069 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10070 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10071 beginning of the expanded text.
10073 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10074 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10075 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10076 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10078 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10080 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10082 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10083 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10084 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10086 \(fn)" t nil)
10088 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10089 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10090 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10092 \(fn)" t nil)
10093 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10094 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10096 ;;;***
10098 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17276 44726))
10099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10101 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10102 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10103 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10105 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10106 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10107 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10109 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10111 Key definitions:
10112 \\{f90-mode-map}
10114 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10116 `f90-do-indent'
10117 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10118 `f90-if-indent'
10119 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10120 `f90-type-indent'
10121 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10122 `f90-program-indent'
10123 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10124 (default 2).
10125 `f90-continuation-indent'
10126 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10127 `f90-comment-region'
10128 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10129 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10130 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10131 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10132 (default \"!\").
10133 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10134 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10135 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10136 `f90-break-delimiters'
10137 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10138 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10139 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10140 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10141 (default t).
10142 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10143 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10144 `f90-smart-end'
10145 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10146 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10147 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10148 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10149 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10150 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10151 `f90-leave-line-no'
10152 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10154 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10155 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10157 \(fn)" t nil)
10159 ;;;***
10161 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10162 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10163 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10164 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10165 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17148 24967))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10167 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10168 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10170 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10171 Menu keymap for faces.")
10173 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10175 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10176 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10178 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10180 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10181 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10183 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10185 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10186 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10188 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10190 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10191 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10193 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10195 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10196 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10198 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10200 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10201 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10203 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10205 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10207 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10209 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10211 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10212 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
10213 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
10214 will not show through at all will be removed.
10216 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
10218 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10219 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10220 requested face.
10222 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10223 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10224 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10226 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10228 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10229 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10230 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10232 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10233 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10234 requested face.
10236 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10237 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10238 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10240 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10242 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10243 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10244 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10246 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10247 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10248 requested face.
10250 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10251 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10252 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10254 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10256 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10257 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10258 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10259 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10260 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10261 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10262 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10264 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10265 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10266 requested face.
10268 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10269 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10270 to insert cancels the specification.
10272 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10274 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10275 Make the region invisible.
10276 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10277 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10279 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10281 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10282 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10283 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10284 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10286 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10288 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10289 Make the region unmodifiable.
10290 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10291 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10293 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10295 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10296 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10300 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10301 Remove all text properties from the region.
10303 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10305 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10306 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10307 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10309 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10311 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10312 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10314 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10316 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10317 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10318 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10319 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10320 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10321 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10323 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10325 ;;;***
10327 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10328 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17205 6148))
10329 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10331 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10332 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10333 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10334 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10336 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10338 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10339 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10340 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10342 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10343 - When you save the file's buffer.
10344 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10345 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10346 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10347 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10349 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10351 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10352 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10353 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10354 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10358 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10359 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10361 \(fn)" nil nil)
10363 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10365 ;;;***
10367 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10368 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10369 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17258 33756))
10370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10372 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10373 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10374 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10375 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10377 \(fn)" nil nil)
10379 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10380 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10384 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10385 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10386 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10387 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10391 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10392 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10393 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10394 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10395 backup file names and the like).
10397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10399 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10400 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10401 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10402 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10403 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10404 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10405 internally by feedmail):
10407 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10408 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10409 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10410 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10412 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10413 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10414 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10415 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10416 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10418 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10420 ;;;***
10422 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10423 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17279 16968))
10424 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10426 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10427 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10428 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10429 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10430 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10431 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10432 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10434 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10436 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10437 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10438 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10439 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10440 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10441 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10442 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10444 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10446 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10448 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10449 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10450 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10451 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10452 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10453 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10455 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10457 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10458 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10459 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10460 Return value:
10461 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10462 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10463 * otherwise, nil
10465 \(fn E)" t nil)
10467 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10468 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10470 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10472 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10473 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10475 \(fn)" t nil)
10477 ;;;***
10479 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10480 ;;;;;; (17239 32205))
10481 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10483 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10484 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10485 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10486 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10487 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10488 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10489 \(directories) is done.
10491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10492 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10493 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10494 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10496 ;;;***
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17148
10499 ;;;;;; 24974))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10502 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10503 Filesets initialization.
10504 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10506 \(fn)" nil nil)
10508 ;;;***
10510 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10511 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10512 ;;;;;; (17148 24974))
10513 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10515 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10516 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10517 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10518 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10519 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10521 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10523 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10524 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10525 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10526 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10527 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10529 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10531 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10532 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10533 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10534 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10536 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10538 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10539 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10540 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10542 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10544 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10545 as the final argument.
10547 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10549 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10550 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10551 and run dired on those files.
10552 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10553 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10555 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10557 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10559 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10560 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10561 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10563 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10565 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10567 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10569 ;;;***
10571 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10572 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10573 ;;;;;; (17148 24975))
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10576 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10577 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10578 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10579 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10580 construct.")
10582 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10583 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10584 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10586 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10588 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10590 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10592 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10593 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10594 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10596 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10597 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10599 Variables of interest include:
10601 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10602 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10603 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10605 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10606 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10607 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10609 - `ff-ignore-include'
10610 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10612 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10613 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10615 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10616 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10618 - `ff-special-constructs'
10619 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10620 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10621 extracting the filename from that construct.
10623 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10624 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10626 - `ff-search-directories'
10627 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10628 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10630 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10631 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10633 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10634 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10636 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10637 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10639 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10640 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10642 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10643 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10645 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10647 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10648 Visit the file you click on.
10650 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10652 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10653 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10655 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10657 ;;;***
10659 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10660 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10661 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10662 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10663 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10664 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10665 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17381 36246))
10666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10668 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10669 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10671 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10673 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10674 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10675 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10676 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10677 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10678 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10680 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10682 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10683 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10685 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10686 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10687 not selected.
10689 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10690 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10691 in `load-path'.
10693 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10695 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10696 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10698 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10699 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10700 places point before the definition.
10701 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10703 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10704 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10705 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10707 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10709 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10710 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10712 See `find-function' for more details.
10714 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10716 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10717 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10719 See `find-function' for more details.
10721 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10723 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10724 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10726 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10727 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10729 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10730 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10732 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10734 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10735 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10737 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10738 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10739 places point before the definition.
10741 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10743 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10744 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10745 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10747 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10749 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10750 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10752 See `find-variable' for more details.
10754 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10756 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10757 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10759 See `find-variable' for more details.
10761 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10763 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10764 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10765 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10766 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10767 buffer nor display it.
10769 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10770 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10772 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10774 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10775 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10777 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10778 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10779 places point before the definition.
10781 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10783 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10784 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10785 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10787 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10789 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10790 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10791 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10793 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10795 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10796 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10798 \(fn)" t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10801 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10803 \(fn)" t nil)
10805 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10806 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10808 \(fn)" nil nil)
10810 ;;;***
10812 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10813 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17269 21886))
10814 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10816 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10817 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10819 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10821 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10822 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10824 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10826 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10827 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10829 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10831 ;;;***
10833 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10834 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17245 51608))
10835 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10837 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10838 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10840 \(fn)" t nil)
10842 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10843 Display FILE's commentary section.
10844 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10846 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10848 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10849 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10851 \(fn)" t nil)
10853 ;;;***
10855 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10856 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17148 24975))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10859 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10860 Toggle flow control handling.
10861 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10862 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10864 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10867 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10868 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10869 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10870 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10871 to get the effect of a C-q.
10873 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10875 ;;;***
10877 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10878 ;;;;;; (17254 33237))
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10881 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10882 Not documented
10884 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10886 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10887 Not documented
10889 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10891 ;;;***
10893 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10894 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17348 7449))
10895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10897 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10898 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10899 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10900 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10904 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10905 Turn flymake mode on.
10907 \(fn)" nil nil)
10909 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10910 Turn flymake mode off.
10912 \(fn)" nil nil)
10914 ;;;***
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10917 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10918 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10921 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10922 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10924 \(fn)" t nil)
10925 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10927 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10928 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10929 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10930 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10931 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10932 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10934 Bindings:
10935 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10936 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10937 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10938 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10940 Hooks:
10941 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10943 Remark:
10944 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10945 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10946 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10948 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10949 consider adding:
10950 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10951 in your .emacs file.
10953 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10954 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10958 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10959 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10961 \(fn)" nil nil)
10963 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10964 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10968 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10969 Flyspell whole buffer.
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10973 ;;;***
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10976 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10977 ;;;;;; (17194 38158))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10980 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10981 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10983 \(fn)" t nil)
10985 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10986 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10988 \(fn)" t nil)
10990 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10991 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10993 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10994 of two major techniques:
10996 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10997 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10998 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11000 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11001 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11002 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11003 movement commands.
11005 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11006 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11007 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11008 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11009 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11010 mileage may vary).
11012 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11013 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11015 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11017 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11018 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11019 \(This is the default.)
11021 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11022 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11024 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11025 \\{follow-mode-map}
11027 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11029 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11030 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11032 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11033 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11034 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11035 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11036 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11037 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11039 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11040 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11041 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11043 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11044 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11045 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11049 ;;;***
11051 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17148
11052 ;;;;;; 25154))
11053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11055 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11056 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11057 \\<message-mode-map>
11058 key binding
11059 --- -------
11061 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11062 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11063 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11064 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11065 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11066 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11070 ;;;***
11072 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11073 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17239 32209))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11076 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11077 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11079 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11080 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11081 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11082 C-c < forms-first-record <
11083 C-c > forms-last-record >
11084 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11085 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11086 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11087 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11088 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11089 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11090 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11091 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11092 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11093 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11095 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11097 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11098 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11100 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11102 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11103 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11105 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11107 ;;;***
11109 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11110 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17358 30049))
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11113 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11114 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11115 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11116 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11117 with a character in column 6.")
11119 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11121 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11122 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11123 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11125 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11126 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11128 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11130 Key definitions:
11131 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11133 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11135 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11136 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11137 `fortran-do-indent'
11138 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11139 `fortran-if-indent'
11140 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11141 `fortran-structure-indent'
11142 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11143 (default 3)
11144 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11145 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11146 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11147 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11148 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11149 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11150 nil don't change the indentation
11151 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11152 value of either
11153 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11154 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11155 depending on the continuation format in use.
11156 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11157 indentation for a line of code.
11158 (default 'fixed)
11159 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11160 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11161 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11162 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11163 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11164 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11165 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11166 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11167 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11168 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11169 column 5.
11170 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11171 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11172 statements (default nil).
11173 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11174 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11175 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11176 `fortran-continuation-string'
11177 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11178 line (default \"$\").
11179 `fortran-comment-region'
11180 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11181 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11182 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11183 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11184 as typed (default t).
11185 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11186 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11188 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11189 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11191 \(fn)" t nil)
11193 ;;;***
11195 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11196 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17140 20947))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11199 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11200 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11202 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11203 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11205 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11207 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11208 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11210 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11211 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11213 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11215 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11216 Compile fortune file.
11218 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11219 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11221 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11223 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11224 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11226 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11227 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11228 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11229 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11231 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11233 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11234 Display a fortune cookie.
11236 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11237 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11238 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11239 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11241 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11243 ;;;***
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
11246 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17148 24980))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
11249 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
11250 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
11251 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
11252 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
11253 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
11254 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
11255 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
11256 fringe).
11257 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
11258 it take real effect.
11259 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
11260 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
11261 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
11263 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
11265 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
11266 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
11268 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11269 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11270 `minimal' and `half'.
11272 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11273 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11274 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11275 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11276 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11277 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11278 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11279 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11280 width of 0.
11282 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11283 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
11284 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
11285 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
11286 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
11288 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11290 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
11291 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
11293 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
11294 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
11295 `minimal' and `half'.
11297 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
11298 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
11299 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
11300 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
11301 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
11302 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
11303 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
11304 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
11305 width of 0.
11307 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
11308 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
11309 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
11310 `fringe-mode'.
11312 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
11314 ;;;***
11316 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11317 ;;;;;; (17331 18137))
11318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11320 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11321 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11322 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11323 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11325 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11326 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11327 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11328 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11330 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11331 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11332 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11333 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
11334 relevant buffer.
11336 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11338 The following commands help control operation :
11340 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11341 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11343 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11344 detailed description of this mode.
11347 +--------------------------------------------------------------+
11348 | GDB Toolbar |
11349 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11350 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11351 | | |
11352 | | |
11353 | | |
11354 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11355 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of inferior) |
11356 | | (comint-mode) |
11357 | | |
11358 | | |
11359 | | |
11360 | | |
11361 | | |
11362 | | |
11363 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11364 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11365 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11366 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11367 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11368 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
11370 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11372 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
11373 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11375 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
11377 ;;;***
11379 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11380 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17148
11381 ;;;;;; 25095))
11382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11384 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11385 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11386 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11387 instead (which see).")
11389 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11390 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11392 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11393 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11394 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11395 documentation string instead.
11397 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11398 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11399 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11400 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11401 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11402 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11403 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11404 enders are actually possible.
11406 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11407 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11409 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11410 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11411 `font-lock-keywords'.
11413 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11414 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11415 runs the macro expansion.
11417 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11418 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11419 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11421 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11423 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11425 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11426 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11428 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11430 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11431 Enter generic mode MODE.
11433 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11434 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11435 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11437 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11438 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11440 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11442 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11443 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11444 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11445 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11446 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11447 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11448 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11449 `font-lock-keywords'.
11451 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11453 ;;;***
11455 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11456 ;;;;;; (17333 17859))
11457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11459 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11460 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11461 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11462 at places they belong to.
11464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11466 ;;;***
11468 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11469 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17316 41648))
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11472 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11473 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11477 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11478 Read network news.
11479 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11480 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11481 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11482 name of an NNTP server to use.
11483 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11484 server.
11486 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11488 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11489 Read news as a slave.
11491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11493 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11494 Pop up a frame to read news.
11495 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11496 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11497 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11498 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11499 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11500 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11501 current display is used.
11503 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11505 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11506 Read network news.
11507 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11508 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11509 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11511 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11513 ;;;***
11515 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11516 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11517 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11518 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11519 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11520 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17316 41648))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11523 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11524 Start Gnus unplugged.
11526 \(fn)" t nil)
11528 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11529 Start Gnus plugged.
11531 \(fn)" t nil)
11533 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11534 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11538 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11539 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11541 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11542 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11543 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11545 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11546 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11547 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11549 \(fn)" t nil)
11551 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11552 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11554 \(fn)" nil nil)
11556 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11557 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11558 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11559 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11560 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11561 supported.
11563 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11565 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11566 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11567 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11568 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11569 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11570 supported.
11572 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11574 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11575 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11577 \(fn)" nil nil)
11579 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11580 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11581 downloaded into the agent.
11583 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11585 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11586 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11587 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11588 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11590 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11592 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11593 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11595 \(fn)" t nil)
11597 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11598 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11600 \(fn)" t nil)
11602 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11603 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11604 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11606 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11608 ;;;***
11610 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11611 ;;;;;; (17367 34952))
11612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11614 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11615 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11617 \(fn)" nil nil)
11619 ;;;***
11621 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11622 ;;;;;; (17148 25111))
11623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11625 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11626 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11628 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11630 ;;;***
11632 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11633 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11634 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17305
11635 ;;;;;; 44993))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11638 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11639 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11641 Usage:
11642 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11644 \(fn)" t nil)
11646 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11647 Generate the cache active file.
11649 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11651 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11652 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11654 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11656 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11657 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11658 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11659 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11660 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11661 supported.
11663 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11665 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11666 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11667 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11668 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11669 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11670 supported.
11672 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11674 ;;;***
11676 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11677 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17294 14916))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11680 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11681 Delay this article by some time.
11682 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11684 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11685 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11687 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11688 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11690 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11691 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11693 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11695 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11696 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11698 \(fn)" t nil)
11700 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11701 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11702 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11703 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11705 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11706 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11708 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11710 ;;;***
11712 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11713 ;;;;;; (17148 25112))
11714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11716 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11717 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11719 \(fn)" nil nil)
11721 ;;;***
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11724 ;;;;;; (17148 25113))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11727 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11728 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11730 \(fn)" t nil)
11732 ;;;***
11734 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11735 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11736 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17185
11737 ;;;;;; 27513))
11738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11740 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11741 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11743 \(fn)" t nil)
11745 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11746 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11748 \(fn)" t nil)
11750 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11751 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11753 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11755 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11756 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11758 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11760 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11761 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11762 The PNG is returned as a string.
11764 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11766 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11767 Convert FILE to a Face.
11768 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11769 726 bytes.
11771 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11773 ;;;***
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11776 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17356 25047))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11779 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11780 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11781 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11783 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11785 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11786 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11788 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11790 ;;;***
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11793 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11796 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11798 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11799 Run batched scoring.
11800 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11802 \(fn)" t nil)
11804 ;;;***
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11807 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11808 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11811 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11812 Not documented
11814 \(fn)" nil nil)
11816 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11817 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11818 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11820 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11822 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11823 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11825 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11829 ;;;***
11831 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11832 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11833 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11836 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11837 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11838 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11839 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11840 group parameters.
11842 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11843 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11844 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11845 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11847 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11848 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11849 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11850 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11851 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11852 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11853 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11854 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11855 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11856 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11858 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11860 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11861 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11862 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11863 nil CATCH-ALL).
11865 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11866 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11868 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11870 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11871 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11872 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11874 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11876 \(fn)" nil nil)
11878 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11879 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11880 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11882 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11884 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11885 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11886 existing groups are considered.
11888 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11889 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11890 returned.
11892 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11893 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11894 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11895 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11896 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11897 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11898 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11899 clauses will be generated.
11901 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11902 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11903 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11904 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11905 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11906 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11908 For example, given the following group parameters:
11910 nnml:mail.bar:
11911 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11912 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11913 nnml:mail.foo:
11914 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11915 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11916 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11917 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11918 nnml:mail.others:
11919 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11921 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11923 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11924 \"mail.bar\")
11925 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11926 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11927 \"mail.others\")
11929 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11931 ;;;***
11933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11934 ;;;;;; (17148 25116))
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11938 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11939 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11941 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11943 ;;;***
11945 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11946 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17348 27747))
11947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11949 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11950 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11951 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11952 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11954 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11956 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11957 Mail to ADDRESS.
11959 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11961 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11962 Like `message-reply'.
11964 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11966 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11968 ;;;***
11970 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11971 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11972 ;;;;;; (17148 25117))
11973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11975 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11976 Display picons in the From header.
11977 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11981 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11982 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11983 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11987 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11988 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11989 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11993 ;;;***
11995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11996 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11997 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11998 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11999 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17148 25118))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12003 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12004 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12005 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12007 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12009 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12010 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12011 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12012 LIST1 is modified.
12014 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12016 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12017 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12018 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12020 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12022 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12023 Not documented
12025 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12027 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12028 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12029 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12031 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12033 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12034 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12035 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12037 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12039 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12041 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12042 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12043 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12045 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12047 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12048 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12049 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12051 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12053 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12054 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12055 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12057 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12059 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12060 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12062 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12064 ;;;***
12066 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12067 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17148 25118))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12070 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12071 Not documented
12073 \(fn)" t nil)
12075 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12076 Install the registry hooks.
12078 \(fn)" t nil)
12080 ;;;***
12082 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12083 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17148
12084 ;;;;;; 25120))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12087 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12088 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12089 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12090 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12091 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12092 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12096 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12097 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12098 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12099 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12100 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12102 \(fn)" t nil)
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12105 Not documented
12107 \(fn)" t nil)
12109 ;;;***
12111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12112 ;;;;;; (17148 25120))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12115 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12116 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12117 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12118 for matching on group names.
12120 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12121 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12123 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12125 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12127 \(fn)" t nil)
12129 ;;;***
12131 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12132 ;;;;;; (17185 27516))
12133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12135 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12136 Update the format specification near point.
12138 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12140 ;;;***
12142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12143 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17356
12144 ;;;;;; 25047))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12147 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12148 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12150 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12152 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12153 Not documented
12155 \(fn)" nil nil)
12157 ;;;***
12159 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12160 ;;;;;; (17148 25131))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12163 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12164 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12166 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12168 ;;;***
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17239 32364))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12173 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12174 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12176 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12177 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12178 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12180 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12181 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12182 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12184 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12185 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12187 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12188 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12190 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12192 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12194 ;;;***
12196 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12197 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17333 17859))
12198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12200 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12202 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12203 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12204 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12205 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12206 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12208 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12210 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12211 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12212 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12213 or to send e-mail.
12214 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12215 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12217 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12218 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12220 \(fn)" t nil)
12222 ;;;***
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
12225 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12226 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17185 27647))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12229 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12230 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12232 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
12234 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12235 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12236 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12237 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12238 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12240 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12241 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12243 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
12245 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12246 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12247 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12248 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12250 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
12252 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12253 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12255 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
12257 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12258 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12260 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12261 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12262 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12264 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12265 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12266 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12268 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12269 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12271 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12272 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12274 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12276 (defvar grep-history nil)
12278 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12280 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12281 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12282 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12284 \(fn)" nil nil)
12286 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12287 Not documented
12289 \(fn)" nil nil)
12291 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12292 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12293 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12294 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12295 where grep found matches.
12297 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12298 easily repeat a grep command.
12300 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12301 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12302 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12303 if that history list is empty).
12305 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
12306 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
12308 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
12310 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12311 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12313 \(fn)" nil nil)
12315 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12316 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12317 Collect output in a buffer.
12318 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12319 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12321 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12322 easily repeat a find command.
12324 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12326 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12328 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
12329 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12330 Collect output in a buffer.
12331 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
12332 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
12333 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12334 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
12335 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12337 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12338 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12340 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12341 easily repeat a find command.
12343 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
12344 those sub directories of DIR.
12346 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
12348 ;;;***
12350 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17148 24982))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12353 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12354 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12355 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12356 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12357 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12359 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12361 ;;;***
12363 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
12364 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17342 36761))
12365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12367 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12368 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12369 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12370 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12372 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12374 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12375 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12376 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12377 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12379 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12381 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12382 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12383 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12384 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12386 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12388 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12389 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12390 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12391 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12393 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12394 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12396 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12398 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12399 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12400 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12401 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12403 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12405 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12406 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12407 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12408 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12410 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12412 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12413 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12414 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12415 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12416 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12418 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12419 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12420 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12421 original source file access method.
12423 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12424 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12426 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12428 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12429 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12430 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12431 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12433 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12434 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12436 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12438 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12439 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12441 \(fn)" t nil)
12443 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12444 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12445 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12447 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12449 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
12451 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12453 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
12454 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12458 ;;;***
12460 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17185
12461 ;;;;;; 27606))
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12464 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12465 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12466 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12467 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12469 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12470 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12471 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12472 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12474 \(fn)" t nil)
12476 ;;;***
12478 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12479 ;;;;;; (17075 55477))
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12482 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12483 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12485 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12487 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12488 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12489 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12490 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12492 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12494 \(fn)" t nil)
12496 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12497 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12498 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12499 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12500 to be updated.
12502 \(fn)" t nil)
12504 ;;;***
12506 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12507 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12508 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12509 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17148 24982))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12512 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12513 Return the help-echo string at point.
12514 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12515 property, or nil, is returned.
12516 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12517 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12518 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12520 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12522 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12523 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12524 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12525 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12526 this produces no string either, return nil.
12528 \(fn)" nil nil)
12530 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12531 Display local help in the echo area.
12532 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12533 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12534 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12535 printed instead.
12537 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12538 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12539 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12543 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12544 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12545 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12547 \(fn)" t nil)
12549 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12550 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12551 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12553 \(fn)" t nil)
12555 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12556 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12557 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12558 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12559 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12560 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12561 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12562 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12563 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12564 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12565 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12567 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12568 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12569 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12570 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12571 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12573 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12574 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12575 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12576 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12577 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12578 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12579 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12580 The default is `never'.")
12582 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12584 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12585 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12586 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12587 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12588 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12589 considered different regions.
12591 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12592 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12593 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12594 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12595 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12596 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12597 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12598 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12599 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12601 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12603 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12604 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12605 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12606 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12607 different regions.
12609 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12610 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12611 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12612 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12613 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12614 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12615 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12616 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12618 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12619 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12620 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12621 rarely happens in practice.
12623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12625 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12626 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12627 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12628 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12629 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12630 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12634 ;;;***
12636 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12637 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12638 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12639 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17369 18480))
12640 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12642 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12643 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12644 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12645 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12646 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12647 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12651 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12652 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12654 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12656 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12657 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12658 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12660 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12662 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12663 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12665 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12667 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12668 Not documented
12670 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12672 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12673 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12674 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12675 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12677 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12679 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12680 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12681 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12682 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12683 it is displayed along with the global value.
12685 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12687 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12688 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12689 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12690 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12692 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12694 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12695 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12696 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12697 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12698 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12700 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12702 ;;;***
12704 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12705 ;;;;;; (17312 51444))
12706 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12708 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12709 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12710 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12711 and window listing and describing the options.
12712 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12713 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12715 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12717 ;;;***
12719 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12720 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12721 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17329 45783))
12722 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12724 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12725 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12726 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12727 Commands:
12728 \\{help-mode-map}
12730 \(fn)" t nil)
12732 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12733 Not documented
12735 \(fn)" nil nil)
12737 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12738 Not documented
12740 \(fn)" nil nil)
12742 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12743 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12745 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12746 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12747 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12748 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12750 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12751 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12752 restore it properly when going back.
12754 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12756 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12757 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12759 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12760 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12761 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12762 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12763 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12764 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12765 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12766 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12768 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12769 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12770 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12771 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12773 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12774 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12775 that.
12777 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12779 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12780 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12781 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12782 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12783 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12784 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12786 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12788 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12789 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12790 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12791 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12792 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12794 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12796 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12797 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12799 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12801 ;;;***
12803 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12804 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17148 25095))
12805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12807 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12808 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12810 \(fn)" t nil)
12812 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12813 Provide help for current mode.
12815 \(fn)" t nil)
12817 ;;;***
12819 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12820 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17167 2778))
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12823 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12824 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12825 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12826 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12827 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12829 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12830 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12832 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12833 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12834 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12835 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12837 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12838 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12839 periods.
12841 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12842 in hexl format.
12844 A sample format:
12846 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12847 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12848 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12849 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12850 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12851 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12852 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12853 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12854 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12855 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12856 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12857 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12858 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12859 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12860 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12862 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12863 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12864 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12866 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12867 also supported.
12869 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12871 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12872 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12873 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12875 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12876 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12877 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12879 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12880 into the buffer at the current point.
12882 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12883 into the buffer at the current point.
12885 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12886 into the buffer at the current point.
12888 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12890 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12891 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12893 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12895 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12899 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12900 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12901 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12903 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12905 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12906 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12907 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12909 \(fn)" t nil)
12911 ;;;***
12913 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12914 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12915 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12916 ;;;;;; (17378 6213))
12917 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12919 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12920 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12922 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12923 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12924 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12925 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12926 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12927 called interactively, are:
12929 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12930 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12932 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12933 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12934 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12935 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12937 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12938 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12940 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12941 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12943 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12944 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12945 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12946 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12947 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12948 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12950 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12951 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12953 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12954 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12955 Hi-lock: FOO
12956 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12957 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12958 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12959 Patterns will be read until
12960 Hi-lock: end
12961 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12965 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12966 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12967 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12969 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12971 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12973 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12975 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12976 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
12977 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12978 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
12979 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
12981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12983 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12985 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12986 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12988 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12989 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12990 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12991 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12993 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12995 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12997 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12998 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13000 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13001 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13002 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13003 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13005 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13007 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13009 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13010 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13012 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13013 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13015 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13017 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13019 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13020 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13022 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13023 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13024 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13025 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13026 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13028 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13030 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13031 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13033 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13034 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13035 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13037 \(fn)" t nil)
13039 ;;;***
13041 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13042 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17140 20971))
13043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13045 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13046 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13047 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13048 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13049 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13050 how the hiding is done:
13052 `hide-ifdef-env'
13053 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13054 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13055 is used.
13057 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13058 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13059 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13060 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13061 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13063 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13064 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13065 #endif lines when hiding.
13067 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13068 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13069 is activated.
13071 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13072 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13073 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13075 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13079 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13080 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13082 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13084 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13085 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13087 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13089 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13090 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13092 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13094 ;;;***
13096 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13097 ;;;;;; (17194 38303))
13098 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13100 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13101 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13102 Each element has the form
13103 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13105 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13106 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13108 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13109 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13111 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13112 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13113 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13114 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13115 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13116 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13118 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13119 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13121 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13122 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13124 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13125 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13126 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13128 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13129 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13130 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13131 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13132 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13133 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13135 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13136 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13137 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13139 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13140 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13142 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13144 Key bindings:
13145 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13149 ;;;***
13151 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13152 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13153 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13154 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13155 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17376 48878))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13158 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13159 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13160 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13162 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13164 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13165 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13167 Without an argument:
13168 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13169 or passive state as determined by the variable
13170 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13171 and passive state.
13173 With an argument ARG:
13174 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13175 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13176 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13178 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13179 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13180 not displayed in a different face.
13182 Functions:
13183 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13184 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13185 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13186 buffer with the contents of a file
13187 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13188 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13189 various faces
13191 Hook variables:
13192 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13193 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13194 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13198 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13199 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13201 \(fn)" t nil)
13203 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13204 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13206 \(fn)" t nil)
13208 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13209 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13211 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13212 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13213 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13214 shown in the last face in the list.
13216 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13217 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13218 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13220 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13222 \(fn)" t nil)
13224 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13225 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13227 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13229 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13230 to save the file.
13232 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13233 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13235 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13236 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13237 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13239 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13241 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13242 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13244 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13245 this function is called interactively.
13247 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13248 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13249 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13251 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13252 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13253 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13255 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13257 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13258 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13260 When called interactively:
13261 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13262 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13263 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13264 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13266 When called from a program:
13267 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13268 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13269 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13270 - otherwise just turn it on
13272 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13273 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13274 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13275 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13279 ;;;***
13281 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13282 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13283 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13284 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13285 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17148 24985))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13288 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13289 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13290 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13291 or insert functions in this list.")
13293 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13295 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13296 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13298 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13300 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13301 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13303 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13305 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13306 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13308 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13310 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13311 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13313 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13315 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13316 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13317 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13319 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13321 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13322 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13323 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13324 \(as atoms)")
13326 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13328 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13329 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13330 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13331 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13332 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13334 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13336 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13337 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13338 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13339 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13340 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13341 expansions.
13342 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13343 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13344 undoes the expansion.
13346 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13348 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13349 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13350 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13351 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13353 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13355 ;;;***
13357 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13358 ;;;;;; (17363 41687))
13359 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13361 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13362 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13363 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13365 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13366 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13367 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13368 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13369 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13371 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13372 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13373 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13374 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13378 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13379 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13380 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13382 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13384 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
13386 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13388 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13389 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13390 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13392 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13393 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13397 ;;;***
13399 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13400 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13403 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13404 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13405 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13407 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13411 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13412 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13414 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
13415 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
13417 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13419 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13421 ;;;***
13423 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13424 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17148 25179))
13425 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13427 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13428 This function is obsolete.
13429 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13430 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13432 \(fn)" nil nil)
13434 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13435 This function is obsolete.
13436 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13437 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13441 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13442 This function is obsolete.
13443 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13444 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13448 ;;;***
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17148
13451 ;;;;;; 25133))
13452 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13454 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13455 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13457 \(fn)" t nil)
13459 ;;;***
13461 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13462 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13463 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13464 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13465 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13466 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13467 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13468 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13469 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13470 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13471 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13472 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13473 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13474 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13475 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13476 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13477 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13478 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13479 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13480 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13481 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13482 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13483 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17378 33493))
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13486 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13487 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13488 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13492 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13493 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13495 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13498 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13500 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13502 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13503 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13505 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13507 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13508 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13510 \(fn)" t nil)
13512 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13513 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13515 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13518 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13520 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13521 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13522 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13523 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13524 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13525 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13526 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13527 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13528 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13529 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13530 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13531 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13533 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13534 Not documented
13536 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13538 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13539 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13541 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13543 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13544 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13546 \(fn)" t nil)
13548 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13549 Remove the first filter group.
13551 \(fn)" t nil)
13553 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13554 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13556 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13558 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13559 Remove all filter groups.
13561 \(fn)" t nil)
13563 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13564 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13566 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13568 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13569 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13570 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13572 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13574 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13575 Kill the filter group at point.
13576 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13578 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13580 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13581 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13583 \(fn)" t nil)
13585 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13586 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13588 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13590 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13591 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13592 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13593 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13595 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13597 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13598 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13599 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13601 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13603 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13604 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13605 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13606 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13607 of replacing the current filters.
13609 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13611 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13612 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13614 \(fn)" t nil)
13616 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13617 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13619 \(fn)" t nil)
13621 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13622 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13624 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13625 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13626 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13628 \(fn)" t nil)
13630 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13631 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13633 \(fn)" t nil)
13635 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13636 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13638 \(fn)" t nil)
13640 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13641 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13642 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13643 filter into parts.
13645 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13647 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13648 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13649 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13651 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13653 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13654 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13656 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13658 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13659 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13661 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13663 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13664 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13665 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13666 of replacing the current filters.
13668 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13669 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13670 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13671 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13672 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13673 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13674 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13675 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13676 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13678 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13679 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13680 Default sorting modes are:
13681 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13682 Name - the name of the buffer
13683 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13684 Size - the size of the buffer
13686 \(fn)" t nil)
13688 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13689 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13691 \(fn)" t nil)
13692 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13693 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13694 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13695 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13697 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13698 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13700 \(fn)" t nil)
13702 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13703 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13704 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13705 for this Ibuffer session.
13707 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13709 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13710 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13711 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13712 for this Ibuffer session.
13714 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13716 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13717 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13719 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13720 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13722 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13723 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13725 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13727 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13728 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13730 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13731 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13733 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13735 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13736 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13738 \(fn)" t nil)
13740 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13741 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13743 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13744 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13745 hidden group filter, open it.
13747 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13748 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13749 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13751 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13753 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13754 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13755 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13757 \(fn)" t nil)
13759 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13760 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13762 The names are separated by a space.
13763 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13765 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13766 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13767 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13768 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13770 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13774 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13775 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13777 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13779 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13780 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13782 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13784 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13785 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13787 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13789 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13790 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13792 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13794 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13795 Mark all modified buffers.
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13802 \(fn)" t nil)
13804 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13805 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13807 \(fn)" t nil)
13809 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13810 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13812 \(fn)" t nil)
13814 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13815 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
13817 \(fn)" t nil)
13819 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13820 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13822 \(fn)" t nil)
13824 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13825 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13827 \(fn)" t nil)
13829 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13830 Mark all read-only buffers.
13832 \(fn)" t nil)
13834 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13835 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13837 \(fn)" t nil)
13839 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13840 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13841 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13842 defaults to one.
13844 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13846 ;;;***
13848 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13849 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17205
13850 ;;;;;; 6006))
13851 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13853 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13854 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13856 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13857 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13858 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13860 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13861 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13862 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13863 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13864 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13865 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13867 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13868 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13869 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13870 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13871 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13873 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13875 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13876 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13877 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13878 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13879 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13881 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13882 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13883 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13885 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13887 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13888 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13889 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13890 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13891 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13892 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13894 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13895 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13896 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13897 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13898 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13899 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13900 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13901 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13902 values are:
13903 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13904 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13905 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13906 buffer's modification flag.
13907 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13908 prompted before performing this operation.
13909 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13910 operation is complete, in the form:
13911 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13912 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13913 confirmation message, in the form:
13914 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13915 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13916 macro for exactly what it does.
13918 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13920 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13921 Define a filter named NAME.
13922 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13923 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13924 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13926 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13927 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13928 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13929 bound to the current value of the filter.
13931 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13933 ;;;***
13935 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13936 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17378 33493))
13937 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13940 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13941 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13942 buffers which are visiting a file.
13944 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13946 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13947 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13948 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13949 buffers which are visiting a file.
13951 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13953 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13954 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13955 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13957 All arguments are optional.
13958 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13959 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13960 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13961 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13962 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13963 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13964 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13965 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13966 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13967 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13968 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13969 that value locally in this buffer.
13971 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13973 ;;;***
13975 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13976 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13977 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17244 54746))
13978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13980 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13981 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13982 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13983 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13985 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13987 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13988 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13989 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13990 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13991 ICAL-FILENAME.
13992 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13993 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13994 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13996 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13998 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13999 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14000 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14001 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14002 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14003 non-marking or not.
14005 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14007 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14008 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14010 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14011 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14012 DIARY-FILE.
14014 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14015 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14016 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14018 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14019 non-marking.
14021 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14022 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14023 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14025 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14027 ;;;***
14029 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17148
14030 ;;;;;; 24987))
14031 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14033 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14034 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14035 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14036 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14037 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14039 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
14041 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14043 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14044 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14045 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14049 ;;;***
14051 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17276 44726))
14052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14054 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14055 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14056 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14057 Tab indents for Icon code.
14058 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14059 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14060 \\{icon-mode-map}
14061 Variables controlling indentation style:
14062 icon-tab-always-indent
14063 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14064 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14065 icon-auto-newline
14066 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14067 inserted in Icon code.
14068 icon-indent-level
14069 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14070 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14071 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14072 icon-continued-statement-offset
14073 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14074 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14075 icon-continued-brace-offset
14076 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14077 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14078 icon-brace-offset
14079 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14080 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14081 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14082 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14084 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14085 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14087 \(fn)" t nil)
14089 ;;;***
14091 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14092 ;;;;;; (17298 27296))
14093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14095 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14096 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14097 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14098 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14100 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14101 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14102 separate frames.
14104 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14105 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14107 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14108 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14109 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14111 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14113 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14115 ;;;***
14117 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14118 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
14119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14121 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14122 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
14124 The main features of this mode are
14126 1. Indentation and Formatting
14127 --------------------------
14128 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14129 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14131 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14132 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14133 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14134 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14136 Comments are indented as follows:
14138 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14139 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14140 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14142 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14144 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14145 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14146 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14147 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14148 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14149 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14151 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14152 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14153 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14154 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14156 2. Routine Info
14157 ------------
14158 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14159 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14160 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14161 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14162 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14163 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14164 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14165 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14166 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14167 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14169 3. Online IDL Help
14170 ---------------
14171 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14172 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
14173 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
14174 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
14175 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
14176 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14178 4. Completion
14179 ----------
14180 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14181 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14182 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14183 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14184 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14185 upper case.
14187 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14188 --------------------------------
14189 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14190 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14192 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14193 \\fu FUNCTION template
14194 \\c CASE statement template
14195 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14196 \\f FOR loop template
14197 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14198 \\w WHILE loop template
14199 \\i IF statement template
14200 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14201 \\b BEGIN
14203 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14204 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14206 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14207 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14208 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14209 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14211 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14212 -------------------------
14213 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14214 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14216 7. Automatic END completion
14217 ------------------------
14218 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14219 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14221 8. Hooks
14222 -----
14223 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14224 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14226 9. Documentation and Customization
14227 -------------------------------
14228 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14229 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14230 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14231 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14232 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14234 10.Keybindings
14235 -----------
14236 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14237 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14238 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14240 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14242 \(fn)" t nil)
14243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14245 ;;;***
14247 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14248 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14249 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14250 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14251 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14252 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14253 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14254 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17304
14255 ;;;;;; 41554))
14256 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14258 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14259 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14260 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14261 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14262 displaying...)
14263 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14264 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14265 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14268 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14270 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
14272 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14273 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14274 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14275 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14276 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14277 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14278 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14279 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14280 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14284 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14285 Switch to another buffer.
14286 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14287 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14288 in another frame.
14290 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14291 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14292 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14293 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14294 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14296 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14297 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14299 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14300 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14302 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14303 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14304 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14305 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14306 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14307 in a separate window.
14308 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14309 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14310 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14311 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14312 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14313 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14314 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
14315 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14316 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14318 \(fn)" t nil)
14320 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14321 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14322 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14323 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14325 \(fn)" t nil)
14327 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14328 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14329 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14330 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14332 \(fn)" t nil)
14334 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14335 Kill a buffer.
14336 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14337 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14339 \(fn)" t nil)
14341 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14342 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14343 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14344 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14346 \(fn)" t nil)
14348 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14349 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14350 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14351 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14353 \(fn)" t nil)
14355 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14356 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14358 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14360 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14361 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14362 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14363 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14364 visible in another frame.
14366 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14367 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14368 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14369 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14370 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14371 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14373 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14374 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14376 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14377 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14379 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14380 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14381 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14382 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14383 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14384 in a separate window.
14385 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14386 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14387 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14388 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14389 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14390 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14391 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14392 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14393 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14394 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14395 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14396 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14397 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14398 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14399 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14401 \(fn)" t nil)
14403 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14404 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14405 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14406 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14408 \(fn)" t nil)
14410 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14411 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14412 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14413 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14415 \(fn)" t nil)
14417 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14418 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14419 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14420 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14422 \(fn)" t nil)
14424 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14425 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14426 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14427 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14429 \(fn)" t nil)
14431 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14432 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14433 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14434 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14436 \(fn)" t nil)
14438 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14439 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14440 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14441 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14443 \(fn)" t nil)
14445 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14446 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14447 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14448 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14450 \(fn)" t nil)
14452 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14453 Write current buffer to a file.
14454 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14455 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14457 \(fn)" t nil)
14459 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14460 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14461 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14462 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14464 \(fn)" t nil)
14466 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14467 Call dired the ido way.
14468 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14469 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14471 \(fn)" t nil)
14473 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14474 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14475 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14476 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14477 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14478 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14480 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14482 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14483 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14484 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14485 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14487 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14489 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14490 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14491 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14492 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14494 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14496 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14497 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14498 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14499 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14500 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14501 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14502 with `completing-read'.
14503 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14504 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14505 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14506 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14507 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14508 with point positioned at the end.
14509 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14510 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14512 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14514 ;;;***
14516 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17148 24990))
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14518 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14520 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14521 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14522 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14524 \(fn)" t nil)
14526 ;;;***
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14529 ;;;;;; (17148 24990))
14530 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14532 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14533 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14535 \(fn)" t nil)
14537 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14538 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14542 ;;;***
14544 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14545 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14546 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14547 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17245 16456))
14548 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14550 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14551 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14552 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14553 be determined.
14555 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14557 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14558 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14559 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14560 be determined.
14562 \(fn)" nil nil)
14564 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14565 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14566 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14567 be determined.
14569 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14571 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14572 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14573 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14574 be determined.
14576 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14578 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14579 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14580 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14582 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14584 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14585 Create an image.
14586 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14587 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14588 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14589 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14590 use its file extension as image type.
14591 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14592 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14593 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14594 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14596 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14598 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14600 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14601 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14602 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14603 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14604 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14605 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14606 POS may be an integer or marker.
14607 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14608 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14609 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14610 means display it in the right marginal area.
14612 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14614 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14615 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14616 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14617 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14618 defaulted if you omit it.
14619 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14620 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14621 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14622 means display it in the right marginal area.
14623 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14624 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14625 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14626 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14627 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14629 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14631 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14632 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14633 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14634 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14635 defaulted if you omit it.
14636 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14637 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14638 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14639 means display it in the right marginal area.
14640 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14642 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14644 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14645 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14646 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14647 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14649 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14651 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14652 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14654 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14656 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14657 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14658 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14659 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14660 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14661 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14662 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14663 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14664 satisfied.
14666 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14668 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14670 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14672 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14673 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14675 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14676 documentation string.
14678 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14679 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14680 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14681 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14682 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14683 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14684 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14685 define SYMBOL.
14687 Example:
14689 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14690 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14692 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14694 ;;;***
14696 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14697 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14698 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17148 24990))
14699 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14701 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14702 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14703 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14704 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14706 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14707 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14708 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14709 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14711 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14713 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14714 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14715 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14716 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14718 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14719 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14720 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14721 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14723 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14725 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14726 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14728 \(fn)" nil nil)
14730 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14731 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14732 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14733 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14735 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14737 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14738 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14739 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14741 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14743 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14745 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14747 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14748 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14749 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14750 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14752 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14753 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14754 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14758 ;;;***
14760 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14761 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17374 39346))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14763 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14764 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14765 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14766 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14767 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14768 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14770 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14771 Major mode for image files.
14772 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14773 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14778 Toggle Image minor mode.
14779 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14780 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14784 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14785 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14786 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14787 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14788 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14789 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14791 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14792 information on these modes.
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14796 ;;;***
14798 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14799 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17148 24991))
14800 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14802 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14803 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14805 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14807 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14808 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14809 in the buffer.
14811 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14813 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14814 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14815 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14817 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14819 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14820 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14822 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14823 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14824 pattern's structure.
14826 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14827 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14828 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14829 during matching.")
14831 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14833 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14834 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14836 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14837 of the current buffer as an alist.
14839 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14840 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14841 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14842 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14843 if it is a sub-alist.
14845 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14847 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14849 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14850 Function for finding the next index position.
14852 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14853 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14854 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14855 file.
14857 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14858 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14860 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14862 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14863 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14865 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14866 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14867 It should return the name for that index item.")
14869 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14871 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14872 Function to compare string with index item.
14874 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14875 non-nil if they match.
14877 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14878 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14879 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14880 arguments match\".")
14882 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14884 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14885 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14886 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14888 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14890 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14892 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14894 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14895 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14896 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14897 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14899 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14901 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14902 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14904 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14906 \(fn)" t nil)
14908 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14909 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14910 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14911 for more information.
14913 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14915 ;;;***
14917 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14918 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14919 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17339 56590))
14920 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14922 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14923 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14925 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14927 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14928 Not documented
14930 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14932 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14933 Not documented
14935 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14937 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14938 Not documented
14940 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14942 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14943 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14944 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14945 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14946 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14948 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14950 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14951 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14952 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14953 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14954 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14956 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14958 ;;;***
14960 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14961 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14962 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17140 20976))
14963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14965 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14966 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14967 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14968 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14969 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14971 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14973 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14974 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14976 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14978 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14979 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14980 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14981 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14982 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14983 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14984 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14985 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14987 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14989 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14990 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14991 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14992 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14993 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14995 This variable is only used if the variable
14996 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14998 More precise choices:
14999 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15000 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15001 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15003 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15005 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15007 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15008 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15010 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15011 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15012 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15013 to that buffer.
15014 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15015 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15016 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15019 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15020 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15022 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15024 ;;;***
15026 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15027 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15028 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15029 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17380 50980))
15030 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15032 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15033 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15035 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15036 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15037 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15039 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15040 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15041 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15042 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15043 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15044 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15045 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15046 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15047 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15048 with the top-level Info directory.
15050 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15051 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15052 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15053 appended to the Info buffer name.
15055 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15056 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15057 in all the directories in that path.
15059 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15061 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15062 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15064 \(fn)" t nil)
15066 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15067 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15068 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15069 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15071 \(fn)" nil nil)
15073 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15074 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15075 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15076 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15078 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15080 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15081 Go to the Info directory node.
15083 \(fn)" t nil)
15085 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15086 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15087 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15088 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15089 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15090 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15092 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15094 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15095 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15096 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15098 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15100 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15101 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15102 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15103 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15104 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15106 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15107 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15109 Selecting other nodes:
15110 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15111 Follow a node reference you click on.
15112 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15113 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15114 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15115 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15116 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15117 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15118 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15119 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15120 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15121 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15122 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15123 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15124 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15125 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15126 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15127 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15128 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15129 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15130 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15131 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15133 Moving within a node:
15134 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15135 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15136 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15137 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15138 move up to the parent node.
15139 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15140 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15141 if there is none.
15142 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15144 Advanced commands:
15145 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15146 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15147 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15148 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15149 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15150 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this manual's Index and move to that index entry.
15151 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15152 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15153 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15154 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15155 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15156 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15157 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15158 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15159 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15160 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15162 \(fn)" nil nil)
15163 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15165 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15166 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15167 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15168 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15169 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15170 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15172 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15173 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15175 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15176 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15177 KEY is a string.
15178 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15179 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15180 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15181 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15183 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15185 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15186 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15187 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15191 ;;;***
15193 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15194 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15195 ;;;;;; (17148 24992))
15196 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15198 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15199 Throw away all cached data.
15200 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15201 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15202 system.
15204 \(fn)" t nil)
15205 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15207 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15208 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15209 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15210 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15211 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15212 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15214 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15216 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15217 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15219 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15220 Display the documentation of a file.
15221 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15222 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15223 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15224 The default file name is the one found at point.
15226 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15228 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15230 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15231 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15233 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15235 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15236 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15238 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15240 ;;;***
15242 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15243 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17167 2962))
15244 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15246 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15247 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15249 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15251 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15252 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15253 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15255 \(fn)" t nil)
15257 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15258 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15259 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15261 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15262 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15263 quite a while.
15265 \(fn)" t nil)
15267 ;;;***
15269 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15270 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17148 24995))
15271 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15273 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15274 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15276 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15278 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15279 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15280 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15282 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15283 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15284 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15286 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15287 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15288 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15289 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15291 \(fn)" t nil)
15293 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15294 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15295 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15297 \(fn)" t nil)
15299 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15300 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15301 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15302 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15303 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15305 \(fn)" nil nil)
15307 ;;;***
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15310 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15311 ;;;;;; (17120 44797))
15312 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15314 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15315 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15317 \(fn)" t nil)
15319 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15320 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15322 \(fn)" t nil)
15324 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15325 Not documented
15327 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15329 ;;;***
15331 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17148
15332 ;;;;;; 24996))
15333 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15335 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15336 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15337 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15338 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15339 accessed via isearchb.
15341 \(fn)" t nil)
15343 ;;;***
15345 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15346 ;;;;;; (17148 25179))
15347 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15349 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15350 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15351 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15352 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15353 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15354 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15356 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15357 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15359 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15360 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15361 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15362 \"s gives German sharp s.
15363 /a gives a with ring.
15364 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15365 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15366 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15367 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15369 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15370 and a negative argument disables it.
15372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15374 ;;;***
15376 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15377 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15378 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15379 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17102 18714))
15380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15382 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15383 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15384 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15385 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15387 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15389 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15390 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15391 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15392 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15394 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15396 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15397 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15398 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15399 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15401 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15403 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15404 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15405 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15406 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15408 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15410 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15411 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15412 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15413 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15415 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15417 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15418 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15419 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15420 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15422 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15424 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15425 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15426 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15427 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15429 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15431 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15432 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15433 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15434 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15436 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15438 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15439 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15440 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15441 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15443 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15445 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15446 Warn that format is read-only.
15448 \(fn)" t nil)
15450 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15451 Warn that format is write-only.
15453 \(fn)" t nil)
15455 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15456 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15460 ;;;***
15462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15463 ;;;;;; (17102 18715))
15464 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15465 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15466 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15467 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15469 ;;;***
15471 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15472 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15473 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15474 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15475 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15476 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
15477 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15479 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15480 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15481 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15482 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15484 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15486 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15487 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15488 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15490 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15491 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15492 re-start emacs.")
15494 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15496 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15498 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15500 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15502 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15504 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15506 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15508 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15509 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15511 Each element of this list is also a list:
15513 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15514 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15516 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15517 nil means the default dictionary.
15519 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15520 word.
15522 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15524 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15525 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15526 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15527 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15528 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15529 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15530 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15531 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15532 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15534 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15535 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15536 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15537 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15538 for non-ASCII bytes.
15540 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15541 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15542 single word.
15544 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15545 subprocess.
15547 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15548 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15549 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15550 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15551 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15552 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15553 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15554 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15556 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15558 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15559 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15560 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15562 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15563 Key map for ispell menu.")
15565 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15566 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15567 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15568 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15570 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15572 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15574 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15576 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15578 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15579 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15580 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15581 Valid forms include:
15582 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15583 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15584 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15585 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15587 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15588 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15589 First list is used raw.
15590 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15592 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15593 for skipping in latex mode.")
15595 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15596 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15597 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15598 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15599 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15600 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15602 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15603 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15604 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15605 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15607 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15608 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15609 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15610 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15611 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15613 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15614 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15616 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15617 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15619 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15620 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15622 return values:
15623 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15624 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15625 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15626 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15627 quit spell session exited.
15629 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15631 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15632 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15633 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15635 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15637 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15638 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15640 Selections are:
15642 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15643 SPC: Accept word this time.
15644 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15645 `a': Accept word for this session.
15646 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15647 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15648 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15649 `?': Show these commands.
15650 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15651 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15652 the aborted check to be completed later.
15653 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15654 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15655 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15656 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15657 `C-l': redraws screen
15658 `C-r': recursive edit
15659 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15661 \(fn)" nil nil)
15663 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15664 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15665 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15667 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15669 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15670 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15671 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15672 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15674 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15676 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15678 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15679 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15680 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15681 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15683 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15685 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15686 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15688 \(fn)" t nil)
15690 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15691 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15693 \(fn)" t nil)
15695 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15696 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15698 \(fn)" t nil)
15700 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15701 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15702 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15703 sequence inside of a word.
15705 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15707 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15709 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15710 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15712 \(fn)" t nil)
15714 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15715 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15716 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15717 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15719 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15720 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15721 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15722 available on the net.
15724 \(fn)" t nil)
15726 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15727 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15728 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15730 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15731 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15733 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15734 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15738 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15739 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15740 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15741 Don't check included messages.
15743 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15744 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15745 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15747 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15748 in your .emacs file:
15749 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15750 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15751 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15752 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15754 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15755 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15756 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15758 \(fn)" t nil)
15760 ;;;***
15762 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17354
15763 ;;;;;; 62493))
15764 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15766 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15767 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15768 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15769 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15770 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15772 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15774 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15776 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15777 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15778 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15779 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15780 `iswitchb' for details.
15782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15784 ;;;***
15786 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15787 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15788 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15789 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17102 18773))
15790 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15792 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15793 Not documented
15795 \(fn)" nil nil)
15797 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15798 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15799 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15800 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15801 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15802 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15803 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15804 necessary to represent OBJ.
15806 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15808 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15809 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15810 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15811 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15813 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15815 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15816 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15817 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15818 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15819 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15821 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15823 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15824 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15825 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15826 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15828 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15830 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15831 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15832 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15833 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15835 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15837 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15838 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15840 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15842 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15843 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15844 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15845 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15846 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15848 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15850 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15851 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15852 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15853 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15854 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15856 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15858 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15859 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15860 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15862 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15864 ;;;***
15866 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15867 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17355 64266))
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15870 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15871 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15872 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15873 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15875 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15876 Not documented
15878 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15880 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15881 Uninstall jka-compr.
15882 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15883 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15884 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15886 \(fn)" nil nil)
15888 ;;;***
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15891 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15892 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
15893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15895 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15896 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15897 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15898 decimal key must be specified.")
15900 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15902 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15903 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15904 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15905 decimal key must be specified.")
15907 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15909 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15910 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15911 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15912 decimal key must be specified.")
15914 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15916 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15917 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15918 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15919 decimal key must be specified.")
15921 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15923 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15924 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15925 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15926 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15927 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15928 keys are bound.
15930 Setup Binding
15931 -------------------------------------------------------------
15932 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15933 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15934 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15935 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15936 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15937 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15938 in the global and local keymaps.
15940 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15941 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15943 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15945 ;;;***
15947 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15948 ;;;;;; (17301 53989))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15951 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15952 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15953 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15955 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15956 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15957 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15958 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15959 shorter.
15961 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15962 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15963 the context of text formatting.
15965 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15967 ;;;***
15969 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17102
15970 ;;;;;; 18717))
15971 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15973 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15974 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15975 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15976 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15977 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15978 positions that contains the current selection.")
15980 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15981 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15982 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15983 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15984 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15985 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15986 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15988 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15990 ;;;***
15992 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15993 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15994 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15995 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17148 24998))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15997 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15998 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15999 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16000 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16001 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16002 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16003 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16005 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16006 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16007 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16008 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16009 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16011 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16013 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16014 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16015 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16017 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16018 defining the macro.
16020 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16021 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16022 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16024 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16025 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16027 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16029 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16030 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16031 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16032 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16033 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16034 under that name.
16036 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16037 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16038 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16040 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16042 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16043 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16044 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16046 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16047 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16048 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16049 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16051 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16052 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16054 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16056 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16057 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16058 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16060 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16061 macro.
16063 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16064 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16066 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16067 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16068 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16070 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16071 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16075 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16076 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16077 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16078 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16080 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16082 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16083 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16084 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16085 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16087 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16088 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16090 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16092 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16093 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16094 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16096 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16098 ;;;***
16100 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16101 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16102 ;;;;;; (17102 18774))
16103 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16105 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16107 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16108 Not documented
16110 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16112 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16113 Not documented
16115 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16117 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16118 Not documented
16120 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16122 ;;;***
16124 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16125 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17102 18775))
16126 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16128 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16129 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16130 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16132 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16133 Not documented
16135 \(fn)" nil nil)
16137 ;;;***
16139 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16140 ;;;;;; (17239 32365))
16141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16143 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16145 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16146 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16148 \(fn)" t nil)
16150 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16152 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16153 Start or resume an Lm game.
16154 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16155 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16157 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16158 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16159 none / 1 | yes | no
16160 2 | yes | yes
16161 3 | no | yes
16162 4 | no | no
16164 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16165 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16166 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16168 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16170 ;;;***
16172 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16173 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16174 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17102
16175 ;;;;;; 18775))
16176 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16178 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16179 Not documented
16181 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16183 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16184 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16185 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16186 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16187 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16188 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16190 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16191 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16193 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16195 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16196 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16198 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16200 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16201 Not documented
16203 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16205 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16206 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16207 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16208 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16209 to compose.
16211 The return value is number of composed characters.
16213 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16215 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16216 Not documented
16218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16220 ;;;***
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16223 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16224 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17370 39824))
16225 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16227 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16228 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16229 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16230 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16232 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
16234 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16235 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16236 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16238 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16240 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16241 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16242 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16244 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16246 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16247 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16248 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16249 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16251 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16253 ;;;***
16255 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16256 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17102 18720))
16257 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16259 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16260 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16261 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16262 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16263 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16264 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16265 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16266 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16268 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16269 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16272 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16274 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16276 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16277 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16278 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16279 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16280 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16281 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16282 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16283 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16285 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16287 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16288 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16289 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16290 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16293 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16295 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16297 ;;;***
16299 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16300 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17185 27600))
16301 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16303 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16304 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16305 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16306 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16308 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16310 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16311 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16312 JIT Lock's favor.
16314 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16316 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16317 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16318 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16319 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16320 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16321 for large buffers.
16323 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16324 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16325 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16326 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16327 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16329 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16330 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16331 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16332 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16333 slow to keep up with your typing.
16335 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16336 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16337 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16338 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16339 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16340 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16342 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16343 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16344 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16345 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16347 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16348 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16349 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16350 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16352 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16353 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16354 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16355 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16356 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16360 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16361 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16363 \(fn)" nil nil)
16365 ;;;***
16367 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16368 ;;;;;; (17352 9346))
16369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16371 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16373 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16375 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16376 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16378 \(fn)" t nil)
16380 ;;;***
16382 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16383 ;;;;;; (17148 25013))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16386 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16387 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16389 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16390 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16392 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16393 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16395 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16396 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16397 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16398 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16399 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16400 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16401 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16402 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16403 and transmit saved text.
16404 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16405 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16406 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16408 \(fn)" t nil)
16410 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16411 Not documented
16413 \(fn)" nil nil)
16415 ;;;***
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17140 20949))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16420 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16421 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16422 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16423 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16424 generations (this defaults to 1).
16426 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16428 ;;;***
16430 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17242
16431 ;;;;;; 7308))
16432 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16434 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16435 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16436 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16437 is nil, raise an error.
16439 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16440 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16441 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16442 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16443 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16444 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16445 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16446 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16447 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16449 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16451 ;;;***
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16454 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17333 17859))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16457 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16458 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16459 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16461 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
16463 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16464 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16465 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
16467 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16469 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16470 Run the locate command with a filter.
16472 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
16473 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
16475 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16477 ;;;***
16479 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17291 34530))
16480 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16482 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16483 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16484 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16485 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16486 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16487 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16488 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16489 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16490 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16491 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16492 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16493 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16494 uses the current buffer.
16496 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16498 ;;;***
16500 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17366
16501 ;;;;;; 32173))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16504 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16505 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16507 \(fn)" t nil)
16509 ;;;***
16511 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17320
16512 ;;;;;; 32463))
16513 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16515 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16516 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16517 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16518 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16519 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16521 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16522 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16523 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16525 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16526 are indicated with a symbol.
16528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16530 ;;;***
16532 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16533 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17148
16534 ;;;;;; 25014))
16535 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16537 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16539 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16541 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16542 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16543 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16545 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16546 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16548 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16549 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16550 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16551 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16552 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16553 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16554 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16556 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16558 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16559 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16560 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16561 switch on this list.
16562 See `lpr-command'.")
16564 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16566 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16567 *Name of program for printing a file.
16569 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16570 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16571 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16572 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16573 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16574 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16575 argument.")
16577 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16579 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16580 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16581 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16582 for customization of the printer command.
16584 \(fn)" t nil)
16586 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16587 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16589 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16590 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16591 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16592 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16594 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16595 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16597 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16598 for further customization of the printer command.
16600 \(fn)" t nil)
16602 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16603 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16604 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16605 for customization of the printer command.
16607 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16609 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16610 Paginate and print the region contents.
16612 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16613 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16614 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16615 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16617 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16618 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16620 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16621 for further customization of the printer command.
16623 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16625 ;;;***
16627 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16628 ;;;;;; (17283 35537))
16629 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16631 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16632 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16633 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16635 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16637 ;;;***
16639 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17307
16640 ;;;;;; 14150))
16641 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16643 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16644 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16645 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16647 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16651 ;;;***
16653 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17276
16654 ;;;;;; 44726))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16657 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16658 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16659 \\{m4-mode-map}
16661 \(fn)" t nil)
16663 ;;;***
16665 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16666 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
16667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16669 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16670 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16671 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16672 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16673 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16675 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16677 ;;;***
16679 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16680 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17148 25015))
16681 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16683 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16684 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16685 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16686 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16687 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16689 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16691 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16692 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16693 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16694 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16696 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16697 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16698 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16699 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16700 bindings.
16702 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16703 use this command, and then save the file.
16705 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16707 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16708 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16709 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16710 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16711 each time the macro executes.
16712 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16713 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16714 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16715 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16716 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16717 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16718 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16720 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16722 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16723 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16724 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16725 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16727 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16728 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16729 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16730 execute.
16732 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16733 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16735 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16736 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16737 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16738 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16739 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16741 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16742 looked like this:
16744 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16745 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16746 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16748 You could enter the names in this format:
16754 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16756 \\C-x (
16757 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16758 \\C-x )
16760 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16761 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16763 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16764 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16766 ;;;***
16768 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16769 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17306 5314))
16770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16772 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16773 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16774 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16775 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16776 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16777 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16779 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16780 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16781 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16782 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16783 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16785 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16786 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16787 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16788 consing a string.)
16790 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16792 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16793 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16795 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16797 ;;;***
16799 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16800 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16801 ;;;;;; (17148 25156))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16804 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16805 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16807 \(fn)" nil nil)
16809 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16810 Not documented
16812 \(fn)" nil nil)
16814 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16815 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16817 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16819 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16820 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16821 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16822 message.
16824 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16826 \(fn)" nil nil)
16828 ;;;***
16830 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16831 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16832 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17148
16833 ;;;;;; 25156))
16834 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16836 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16837 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16838 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16839 often correct parser.")
16841 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16843 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16844 Not documented
16846 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16848 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16849 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16850 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16851 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16853 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16855 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16856 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16857 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16858 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16860 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16862 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16863 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16864 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16865 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16866 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16867 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16868 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16869 as Rmail does.
16871 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16873 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16874 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16875 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16876 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16877 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16878 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16880 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16882 ;;;***
16884 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16885 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17239 32330))
16886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16888 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16889 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16891 \(fn)" nil nil)
16893 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16894 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16895 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16897 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16899 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16900 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16901 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16903 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16905 ;;;***
16907 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16908 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17167
16909 ;;;;;; 2797))
16910 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16912 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16913 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16914 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16915 king@grassland.com
16916 If `parens', they look like:
16917 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16918 If `angles', they look like:
16919 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16921 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16923 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16924 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16925 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16926 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16927 their `Resent-' variants.
16929 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16930 removed from alias expansions.
16932 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16934 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16935 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16936 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16938 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16939 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16940 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16941 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16943 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16945 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16946 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16947 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16948 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16950 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16952 ;;;***
16954 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16955 ;;;;;; (17378 6213))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16958 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
16959 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16960 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16961 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16963 \(fn)" nil nil)
16965 ;;;***
16967 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16968 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16969 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17357 13476))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16972 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16973 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16975 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16976 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16977 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16978 `makefile-imake-mode'All but the
16979 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16980 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16981 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16983 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16984 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16985 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16986 dependency, despite the colon.
16988 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16990 In the browser, use the following keys:
16992 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16994 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16996 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16997 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16999 `makefile-target-colon':
17000 The string that gets appended to all target names
17001 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17002 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17004 `makefile-macro-assign':
17005 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17006 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17007 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17008 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17009 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17010 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17012 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17013 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17014 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17016 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17017 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17019 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17020 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17021 up or down in the browser.
17023 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17024 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17026 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17027 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17029 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17030 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17031 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17032 has been selected in the browser.
17034 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17035 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17036 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17037 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17038 filenames are omitted.
17040 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17041 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17042 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17043 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17044 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17045 the backslash itself intact.
17046 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17047 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17049 `makefile-browser-hook':
17050 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17051 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17053 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17054 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17055 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17056 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17058 \(fn)" t nil)
17060 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17061 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17063 \(fn)" t nil)
17065 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17066 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17068 \(fn)" t nil)
17070 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17071 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17073 \(fn)" t nil)
17075 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17076 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17078 \(fn)" t nil)
17080 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17081 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17083 \(fn)" t nil)
17085 ;;;***
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17148
17088 ;;;;;; 25015))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17091 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17092 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17093 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17095 \(fn)" t nil)
17097 ;;;***
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17356 16925))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17102 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17104 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17105 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17106 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17107 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17108 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17109 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17110 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17112 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17113 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17114 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17115 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17117 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17119 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17120 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17122 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17124 ;;;***
17126 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17148 25016))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17129 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17130 Toggle Master mode.
17131 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17132 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17133 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17135 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17136 following commands:
17138 \\{master-mode-map}
17140 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17141 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17142 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17146 ;;;***
17148 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17324
17149 ;;;;;; 9268))
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17152 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17154 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17155 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17156 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17158 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17160 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
17162 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17164 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17165 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17166 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17167 created in the future.
17168 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17169 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17173 ;;;***
17175 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17176 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17177 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17178 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17179 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17180 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17181 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17182 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17183 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17184 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17185 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17376 48878))
17186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17188 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17189 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17191 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17192 king@grassland.com
17193 If `parens', they look like:
17194 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17195 If `angles', they look like:
17196 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17198 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17199 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17201 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
17203 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17204 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17206 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
17208 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17209 *Local news organization file.")
17211 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
17213 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17214 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17215 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17216 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17218 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17219 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17220 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17222 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17224 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
17226 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17227 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17229 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17230 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17231 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17232 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17234 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
17236 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17237 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17238 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17239 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17241 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
17243 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17244 *Function for citing an original message.
17245 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17246 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17247 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17249 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
17251 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17252 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17253 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17254 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17255 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17257 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
17259 (defvar message-signature t "\
17260 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17261 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17262 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17263 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17265 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
17267 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17268 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17269 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17270 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17272 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
17274 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17275 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17277 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
17279 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17281 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17282 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17283 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17284 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17285 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17286 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17287 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17288 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17289 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17290 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17291 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17292 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17293 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17294 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17295 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17296 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17297 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17298 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17299 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17300 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17301 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17302 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17303 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17304 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17305 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17306 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17307 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17308 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17309 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17310 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17311 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17312 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17313 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17314 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17315 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17316 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17317 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17319 \(fn)" t nil)
17321 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17322 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17323 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17325 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17327 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17328 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17330 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17332 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17333 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17335 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17337 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17338 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17340 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17342 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17343 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17344 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17346 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17348 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17349 Cancel an article you posted.
17350 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17354 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17355 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17356 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17357 header line with the old Message-ID.
17359 \(fn)" t nil)
17361 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17362 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17364 \(fn)" t nil)
17366 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17367 Forward the current message via mail.
17368 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17369 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17371 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17373 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17374 Not documented
17376 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17378 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17379 Not documented
17381 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17383 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17384 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17386 \(fn)" t nil)
17388 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17389 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17391 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17393 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17394 Re-mail the current message.
17395 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17396 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17397 you.
17399 \(fn)" t nil)
17401 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17402 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17404 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17406 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17407 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17409 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17411 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17412 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17414 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17416 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17417 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17419 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17421 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17422 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17423 Works by overstriking characters.
17424 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17425 which specify the range to operate on.
17427 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17429 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17430 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17431 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17432 which specify the range to operate on.
17434 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17436 ;;;***
17438 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17439 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
17440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17442 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17443 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17444 Special commands:
17445 \\{meta-mode-map}
17447 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17448 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17450 \(fn)" t nil)
17452 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17453 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17454 Special commands:
17455 \\{meta-mode-map}
17457 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17458 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17460 \(fn)" t nil)
17462 ;;;***
17464 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17465 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17466 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
17467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17469 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17470 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17471 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17473 \(fn)" t nil)
17475 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17476 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17477 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17478 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17479 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17480 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17481 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17483 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17485 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17486 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17487 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17488 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17489 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17490 means current).
17491 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17492 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17494 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17496 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17497 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17498 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17499 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17500 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17501 means current).
17502 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17503 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17505 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17507 ;;;***
17509 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17510 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17511 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17377 23328))
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17514 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17515 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17516 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17518 \(fn)" t nil)
17520 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17521 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17522 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17524 \(fn)" t nil)
17526 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17527 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17529 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17530 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17531 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17533 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17534 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17536 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17537 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17539 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17541 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17543 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17544 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17545 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17546 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17547 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17548 as `compose-mail'.
17550 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17551 initial Subject field, respectively.
17553 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17554 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17555 are strings.
17557 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17558 ignored.
17560 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17562 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17563 Save draft and send message.
17565 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17566 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17567 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17568 Mail Delivery*\".
17570 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17571 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17572 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17574 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17575 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17579 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17580 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17582 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17583 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17584 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17585 delete the draft message.
17587 \(fn)" t nil)
17589 ;;;***
17591 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17379 60196))
17592 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17594 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17596 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17598 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17600 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17601 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17603 \(fn)" t nil)
17605 ;;;***
17607 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17608 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17377 23328))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17611 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17612 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17613 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17615 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17616 the MH mail system.
17618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17620 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17621 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17622 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17624 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17625 the MH mail system.
17627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17629 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17630 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17632 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17633 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17634 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17635 separate command.
17637 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17638 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17639 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17640 format.
17642 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17644 Ranges
17645 ======
17646 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17647 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17648 can be used in several ways.
17650 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17651 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17652 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17653 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17654 page):
17656 <num1>-<num2>
17657 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17658 The range must be nonempty.
17660 <num>:N
17661 <num>:+N
17662 <num>:-N
17663 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17664 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17665 last.
17667 first:N
17668 prev:N
17669 next:N
17670 last:N
17671 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17674 All of the messages.
17676 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17677 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17679 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17680 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17681 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17683 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17685 \(fn)" t nil)
17687 ;;;***
17689 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17690 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17148 25017))
17691 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17693 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17694 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17695 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17696 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17697 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17698 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17699 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17700 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17701 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17702 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17703 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17705 \(fn)" t nil)
17707 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17708 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17709 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17710 to its second argument TM.
17712 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17714 ;;;***
17716 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17717 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17148 25017))
17718 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17720 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17721 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17722 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17724 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17726 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17728 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17730 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17731 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17732 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17733 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17734 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17735 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17736 default indication.
17738 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17739 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17743 ;;;***
17745 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17746 ;;;;;; (17239 32387))
17747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17749 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17750 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17751 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17753 \(fn)" t nil)
17755 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17757 ;;;***
17759 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17760 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17761 ;;;;;; (17339 56590))
17762 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17764 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17765 Not documented
17767 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17769 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17770 Not documented
17772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17774 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17775 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17776 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17777 PATTERN regexp.
17779 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17781 ;;;***
17783 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17784 ;;;;;; (17185 27553))
17785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17787 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17788 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17789 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17790 the entire message.
17791 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17793 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17795 ;;;***
17797 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17798 ;;;;;; (17148 25140))
17799 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17801 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17802 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17803 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17804 the entire message.
17805 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17807 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17809 ;;;***
17811 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17812 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17310 14064))
17813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17815 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17816 Insert file contents of URL.
17817 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17819 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17821 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17822 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17824 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17826 ;;;***
17828 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17829 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17376 48878))
17830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17832 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17833 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17834 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17835 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17836 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17838 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17840 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
17841 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17842 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17844 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17846 ;;;***
17848 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17849 ;;;;;; (17185 27556))
17850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17852 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17853 Not documented
17855 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17857 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17858 Not documented
17860 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17862 ;;;***
17864 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17865 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17866 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17185 27558))
17867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17869 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17870 Not documented
17872 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17874 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17875 Not documented
17877 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17879 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17880 Not documented
17882 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17884 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17885 Not documented
17887 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17889 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17890 Not documented
17892 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17894 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17895 Not documented
17897 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17899 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17900 Not documented
17902 \(fn)" nil nil)
17904 ;;;***
17906 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17907 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
17908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17910 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17911 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17912 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17913 followed by the first character of the construct.
17914 \\<m2-mode-map>
17915 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17916 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17917 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17918 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17919 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17920 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17921 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17922 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17923 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17924 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17925 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17926 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17927 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17928 \\[m2-link] link
17930 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17931 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17932 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17934 \(fn)" t nil)
17936 ;;;***
17938 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17939 ;;;;;; (17140 20949))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17942 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17943 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17945 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17947 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17948 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17950 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17952 ;;;***
17954 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17148
17955 ;;;;;; 25018))
17956 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17958 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17959 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17960 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17962 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17964 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17966 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17968 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17969 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17970 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17971 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17973 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17975 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17977 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17979 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17980 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17981 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17982 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17983 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17984 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17986 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17987 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17988 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17989 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17990 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17992 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17993 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17995 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17996 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17998 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18000 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18001 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18002 primary selection and region.
18004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18006 ;;;***
18008 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17239 32365))
18009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18011 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18012 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18014 \(fn)" t nil)
18016 ;;;***
18018 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17185 27455))
18019 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18021 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18022 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18023 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18025 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18027 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18029 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18031 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18032 Toggle Msb mode.
18033 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18034 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18035 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18039 ;;;***
18041 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18042 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18043 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18044 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18045 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18046 ;;;;;; (17239 32324))
18047 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18049 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18050 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18051 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18052 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18053 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18054 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18055 set of ISO charsets.
18057 Each element has the following format:
18058 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18060 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18062 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18063 CHARSET are mapped.
18065 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18066 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18067 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18068 character code in CHARSET.
18070 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18071 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18072 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18074 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18075 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18076 TO2, or...
18077 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18078 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18080 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18081 Display a list of all character sets.
18083 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18084 internal Emacs use.
18086 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18087 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18088 hexadecimal digits.
18089 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18090 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18092 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18093 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18094 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18095 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18097 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18098 but still shows the full information.
18100 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18102 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18103 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18104 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18105 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18106 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18108 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18109 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18110 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18111 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18112 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18114 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18116 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18117 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18118 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18119 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18120 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18122 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18124 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18125 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18127 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18129 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18130 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18132 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18134 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18135 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18137 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18138 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18139 in place of `..':
18140 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18141 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18142 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18143 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18144 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18145 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18146 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18147 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18148 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18149 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18150 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18151 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18152 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18153 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18154 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18155 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18157 \(fn)" t nil)
18159 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18160 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18162 \(fn)" t nil)
18164 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18165 Display a list of all coding systems.
18166 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18168 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18169 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18173 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18174 Display a list of all coding categories.
18176 \(fn)" nil nil)
18178 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18179 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
18181 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18183 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18184 Display information about FONTSET.
18185 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18187 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18189 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18190 Display a list of all fontsets.
18191 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18192 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18193 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18197 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18198 Display information about all input methods.
18200 \(fn)" t nil)
18202 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18203 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18205 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18206 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18207 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18208 system which uses fontsets).
18210 \(fn)" t nil)
18212 ;;;***
18214 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18215 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18216 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18217 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18218 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18219 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17102 18726))
18220 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18222 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18223 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18224 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18226 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18228 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18230 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18231 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18233 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18234 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18236 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18237 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18239 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18241 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18242 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18243 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18244 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18245 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18246 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18247 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18249 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18250 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18251 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18252 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18253 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18254 middle of a character in STR.
18256 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18257 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18259 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18260 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18261 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18262 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18263 defaults to \"...\".
18265 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18267 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18268 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18270 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18271 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18272 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18274 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18275 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18276 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18278 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18279 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18280 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18281 is considered.
18282 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18283 longer than KEYSEQ.
18284 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18286 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18288 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18289 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18290 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18291 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18292 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18293 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18294 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18295 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18296 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18297 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18298 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18300 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18302 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18303 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18305 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18307 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18308 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18310 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18312 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18313 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18315 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18317 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18318 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18320 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18322 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18323 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18324 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18325 coding systems ordered by priority.
18327 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18329 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18330 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18331 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18332 language environment LANG-ENV.
18334 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18336 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18337 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18338 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18339 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18340 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18341 basis, this may not be accurate.
18343 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18345 ;;;***
18347 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18348 ;;;;;; (17258 50746))
18349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18351 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18352 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18353 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18354 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18355 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18357 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18359 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18361 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18362 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18363 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18364 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18368 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18369 Enable mouse wheel support.
18371 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18373 ;;;***
18375 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18376 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18377 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18378 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17148 25173))
18379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18381 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18382 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18384 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18386 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18387 Ping HOST.
18388 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18389 `ping-program-options'.
18391 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18393 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18394 Run ipconfig program.
18396 \(fn)" t nil)
18398 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18400 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18401 Run netstat program.
18403 \(fn)" t nil)
18405 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18406 Run the arp program.
18408 \(fn)" t nil)
18410 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18411 Run the route program.
18413 \(fn)" t nil)
18415 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18416 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18418 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18420 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18421 Run nslookup program.
18423 \(fn)" t nil)
18425 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18426 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18428 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18430 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18431 Run dig program.
18433 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18435 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18436 Run ftp program.
18438 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18440 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18441 Finger USER on HOST.
18443 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18445 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18446 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18447 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18448 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18450 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18452 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18453 Not documented
18455 \(fn)" t nil)
18457 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18458 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18460 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18462 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18463 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18465 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18467 ;;;***
18469 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18470 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
18471 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
18472 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
18473 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
18474 ;;;;;; (17379 35991))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18477 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18479 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18481 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18483 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18485 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18486 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18487 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18488 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18489 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18490 Major modes should set this variable.")
18492 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18493 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18494 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18495 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18496 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18497 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18499 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
18501 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18502 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18504 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18505 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18506 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18507 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18509 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18510 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18512 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18513 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18514 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18516 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18517 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18518 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18519 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18520 column indentation or nil.
18521 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18523 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18524 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18525 The function has no args.
18527 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18528 comments always start in column zero.")
18530 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18531 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18532 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18534 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18536 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18537 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18538 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18539 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18541 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18542 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18544 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18546 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18547 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18548 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18549 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18550 customize this variable.
18552 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18553 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18555 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18557 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18558 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18559 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18560 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18561 the variables are properly set.
18563 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18565 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18566 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18568 \(fn)" nil nil)
18570 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18571 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18572 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18574 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18576 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18577 Set the comment column based on point.
18578 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18579 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18580 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18581 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18585 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18586 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18587 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18591 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18592 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18593 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18594 comment markers.
18596 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18598 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18599 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18600 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18601 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18602 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18603 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18604 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18605 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18607 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18608 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18610 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18612 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18613 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18614 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18615 is passed on to the respective function.
18617 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18619 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18620 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18621 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18622 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18623 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18624 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18625 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18626 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18627 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18631 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18632 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18633 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18635 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18637 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18638 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18639 This indents the body of the continued comment
18640 under the previous comment line.
18642 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18643 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18644 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18646 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18647 or comment indentation.
18649 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18650 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18652 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18654 ;;;***
18656 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18657 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18658 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17378 16858))
18659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18661 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18662 Check whether newsticker is running.
18663 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18664 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18666 \(fn)" nil nil)
18668 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18669 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18670 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18671 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18672 empty.
18674 \(fn)" nil nil)
18676 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18677 Start the newsticker.
18678 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18679 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18680 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18681 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18683 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18685 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18686 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18687 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18688 running already.
18690 \(fn)" t nil)
18692 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18693 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18695 \(fn)" t nil)
18697 ;;;***
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18700 ;;;;;; (17148 25143))
18701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18703 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18704 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18706 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18708 ;;;***
18710 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17148
18711 ;;;;;; 25143))
18712 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18714 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18715 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18716 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18717 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18718 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18719 symbol in the alist.
18721 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18723 ;;;***
18725 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18726 ;;;;;; (17148 25144))
18727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18729 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18730 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18731 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18733 \(fn)" t nil)
18735 ;;;***
18737 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18738 ;;;;;; (17148 25145))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18741 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18742 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18743 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18745 \(fn)" t nil)
18747 ;;;***
18749 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18750 ;;;;;; (17148 25147))
18751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18753 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18754 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18756 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18758 ;;;***
18760 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18761 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17148 25148))
18762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18764 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18765 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18767 \(fn)" t nil)
18769 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18770 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18772 \(fn)" t nil)
18774 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18775 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18777 \(fn)" t nil)
18779 ;;;***
18781 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18782 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17148 25021))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18785 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18786 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18787 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18789 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18791 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18792 Not documented
18794 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18796 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18797 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18798 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18799 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18800 to future sessions.
18802 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18804 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18805 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18806 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18807 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18808 to future sessions.
18810 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18812 ;;;***
18814 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18815 ;;;;;; (17379 56088))
18816 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18818 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18819 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18820 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18821 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18822 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18823 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18825 \(fn)" t nil)
18827 ;;;***
18829 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18830 ;;;;;; (17167 26278))
18831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18833 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18834 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18835 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18836 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18837 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18839 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18841 ;;;***
18843 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18844 ;;;;;; (17288 31060))
18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18847 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18848 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18849 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18851 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18853 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18854 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18856 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18857 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18858 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18862 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18864 ;;;***
18866 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18867 ;;;;;; (17307 14151))
18868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18870 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18871 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18873 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18874 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18875 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18876 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18878 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18879 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18880 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18881 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18882 is why you need this mode!).
18884 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18885 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18886 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18888 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18890 Keybindings
18891 ===========
18893 \\{octave-mode-map}
18895 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18896 ==============================================
18898 octave-auto-indent
18899 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18900 Default is nil.
18902 octave-auto-newline
18903 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18904 Default is nil.
18906 octave-blink-matching-block
18907 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18908 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18910 octave-block-offset
18911 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18912 Default is 2.
18914 octave-continuation-offset
18915 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18916 Default is 4.
18918 octave-continuation-string
18919 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18920 Default is a backslash.
18922 octave-mode-startup-message
18923 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18924 Default is t.
18926 octave-send-echo-input
18927 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18928 command to the inferior Octave process.
18930 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18931 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18932 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18934 octave-send-echo-input
18935 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18937 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18939 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18940 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18942 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18943 (setq auto-mode-alist
18944 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18946 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18947 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18949 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18950 (lambda ()
18951 (abbrev-mode 1)
18952 (auto-fill-mode 1)
18953 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18954 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18956 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18957 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18958 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18959 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18961 \(fn)" t nil)
18963 ;;;***
18965 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18966 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
18967 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18969 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18970 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18971 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18973 \(fn)" t nil)
18975 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18976 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18977 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18978 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18979 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18981 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18983 \(fn)" t nil)
18985 ;;;***
18987 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
18988 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
18989 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
18990 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
18991 ;;;;;; (17373 32426))
18992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18994 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18995 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18996 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18998 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18999 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19000 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19001 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19002 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19003 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19004 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19005 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19006 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19007 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19009 The following commands are available:
19011 \\{org-mode-map}
19013 \(fn)" t nil)
19015 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
19016 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
19018 The following commands are available:
19020 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
19022 \(fn)" t nil)
19024 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19025 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19026 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19027 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19029 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19030 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19031 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19032 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19033 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19034 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19035 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19037 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19038 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19039 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19041 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19042 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19043 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19047 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19048 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19049 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19050 will be able to go to other weeks.
19051 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19052 also be shown, under the current date.
19053 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19054 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19055 to turn on logging.
19056 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19057 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19058 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19060 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19062 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19063 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19064 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19065 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19066 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19067 `org-todo-keywords'.
19069 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19071 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19072 Return diary information from org-files.
19073 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19074 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19075 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19076 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19078 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19079 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19080 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19082 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19083 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19084 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19085 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19087 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19088 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19089 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19091 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19092 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19093 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19094 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19096 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19098 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19100 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19101 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19103 &%%(org-diary)
19105 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19106 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19107 also be written as
19109 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19111 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19112 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19113 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19115 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19117 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19118 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19119 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19121 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19123 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19124 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19125 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19126 \\[org-insert-link].
19127 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19128 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19129 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19133 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19134 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19135 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19136 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19137 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19139 \(fn)" nil nil)
19141 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19142 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19143 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19144 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19145 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19146 file the text at a specific location.
19147 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19148 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19149 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19151 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19152 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19153 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19154 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19155 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19156 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19157 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19158 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19160 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19161 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19162 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19163 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19165 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19166 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19167 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19169 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19170 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19171 \(i.e. after the stars).
19173 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19175 \(fn)" nil nil)
19177 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19178 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19180 \(fn)" nil nil)
19182 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19183 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19187 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19188 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19189 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19190 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19192 \(fn)" t nil)
19194 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19195 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19196 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19200 ;;;***
19202 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19203 ;;;;;; (17360 15348))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19206 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19207 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19208 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19209 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19211 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19212 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19213 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19214 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19216 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19217 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19218 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19219 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19220 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19221 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19223 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19224 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19225 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19227 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19228 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19229 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19230 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19231 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19232 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19233 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19234 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19235 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19236 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19237 The subheadings remain visible.
19238 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19240 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19241 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19242 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19244 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19245 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19247 \(fn)" t nil)
19249 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19250 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19251 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19252 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19256 ;;;***
19258 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17333 17859))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19261 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19262 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19263 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19265 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19267 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19269 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19271 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19272 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19273 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19274 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19276 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19277 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19281 ;;;***
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19284 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19287 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19288 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19289 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19290 unknown are returned as nil.
19292 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19294 ;;;***
19296 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17276
19297 ;;;;;; 44726))
19298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19300 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19301 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19302 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19304 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19305 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19307 Other useful functions are:
19309 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19310 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19311 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19312 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19313 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19314 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19315 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19316 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19317 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19319 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19321 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19322 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19323 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19324 Indentation for case statements.
19325 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19326 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19327 mark after an end.
19328 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19329 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19330 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19331 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19332 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19333 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19334 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19335 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19336 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19337 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19339 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19340 pascal-separator-keywords.
19342 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19343 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19345 \(fn)" t nil)
19347 ;;;***
19349 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19350 ;;;;;; (17140 20922))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19353 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19354 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19355 The keys affected are:
19356 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19357 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19358 M-Backspace does undo.
19359 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19360 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19361 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19363 \(fn)" t nil)
19365 ;;;***
19367 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19368 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17140 20922))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19371 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19372 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19373 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19375 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19377 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19379 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19381 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19382 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19384 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19386 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19387 which modify the status of the mark.
19389 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19390 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19392 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19393 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19395 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19396 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19397 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19398 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19399 turning PC Selection mode on.
19401 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19402 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19404 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19405 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19406 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19408 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19409 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19410 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19412 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19413 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19415 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19416 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19417 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19419 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19420 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19421 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19423 F6 other-window
19424 DELETE delete-char
19425 C-DELETE kill-line
19426 M-DELETE kill-word
19427 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19428 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19429 M-BACKSPACE undo
19431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19433 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19434 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19435 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19436 and cursor movement commands.
19437 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19439 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19441 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19443 ;;;***
19445 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17148
19446 ;;;;;; 25022))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19449 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19450 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19452 \(fn)" nil nil)
19454 ;;;***
19456 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19457 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17148 25022))
19458 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19460 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19461 Completion for `gzip'.
19463 \(fn)" nil nil)
19465 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19466 Completion for `bzip2'.
19468 \(fn)" nil nil)
19470 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19471 Completion for GNU `make'.
19473 \(fn)" nil nil)
19475 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19476 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19478 \(fn)" nil nil)
19480 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19482 ;;;***
19484 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19485 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17148 25022))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19488 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19489 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19491 \(fn)" nil nil)
19493 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19494 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19496 \(fn)" nil nil)
19498 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19499 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19501 \(fn)" nil nil)
19503 ;;;***
19505 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17148
19506 ;;;;;; 25022))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19509 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19510 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19511 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19512 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19513 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19514 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19516 \(fn)" nil nil)
19518 ;;;***
19520 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19521 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19522 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17148 25022))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19525 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19526 Completion for `cd'.
19528 \(fn)" nil nil)
19530 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19532 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19533 Completion for `rmdir'.
19535 \(fn)" nil nil)
19537 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19538 Completion for `rm'.
19540 \(fn)" nil nil)
19542 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19543 Completion for `xargs'.
19545 \(fn)" nil nil)
19547 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19549 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19550 Completion for `which'.
19552 \(fn)" nil nil)
19554 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19555 Completion for the `chown' command.
19557 \(fn)" nil nil)
19559 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19560 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19562 \(fn)" nil nil)
19564 ;;;***
19566 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19567 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19568 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17205
19569 ;;;;;; 6017))
19570 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19572 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19573 Support extensible programmable completion.
19574 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19575 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19577 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19579 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19580 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19582 \(fn)" t nil)
19584 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19585 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19586 This will modify the current buffer.
19588 \(fn)" t nil)
19590 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19591 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19593 \(fn)" t nil)
19595 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19596 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19597 This will modify the current buffer.
19599 \(fn)" t nil)
19601 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19602 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19604 \(fn)" t nil)
19606 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19607 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19609 \(fn)" t nil)
19611 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19612 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19613 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19614 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19615 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19617 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19619 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19620 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19622 \(fn)" nil nil)
19624 ;;;***
19626 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19627 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19628 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17304 41554))
19629 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19631 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19632 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19633 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19634 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19636 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19638 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19640 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19641 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19642 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19643 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19644 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19645 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19646 FLAGS is ignored.
19648 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19650 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19651 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19652 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19653 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19654 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19655 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19656 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19657 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19659 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19661 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19662 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19663 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19664 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19665 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19666 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19667 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19668 passed to cvs.
19670 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19672 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19673 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19674 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19675 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19676 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19677 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19678 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19680 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19682 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19684 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19685 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19686 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19688 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19690 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19691 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19692 nil means never do it.
19693 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19694 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19695 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19697 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19699 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19700 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19701 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19703 ;;;***
19705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17194 38169))
19706 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19708 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19710 ;;;***
19712 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19713 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
19714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19716 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19717 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19718 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19719 Tab indents for Perl code.
19720 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19721 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19722 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19723 \\{perl-mode-map}
19724 Variables controlling indentation style:
19725 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19726 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19727 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19728 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19729 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19730 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19731 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19732 `perl-nochange'
19733 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19734 `perl-indent-level'
19735 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19736 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19737 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19738 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19739 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19740 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19741 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19742 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19743 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19744 `perl-brace-offset'
19745 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19746 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19747 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19748 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19749 `perl-label-offset'
19750 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19751 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19752 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19754 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19755 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19756 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19757 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19758 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19759 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19760 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19762 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19764 \(fn)" t nil)
19766 ;;;***
19768 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19769 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19770 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19771 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17251 37236))
19772 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19774 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19775 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19777 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19779 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19780 passphrase cache or user.
19782 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19784 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19785 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19787 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19788 cache or user.
19790 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19792 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19793 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19795 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19796 the region.
19798 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19799 passphrase cache or user.
19801 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19803 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19804 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19806 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19808 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19809 the region.
19811 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19812 passphrase cache or user.
19814 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19816 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19817 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19819 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19820 passphrase cache or user.
19822 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19824 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19825 Decrypt the current buffer.
19827 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19828 the region.
19830 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19831 passphrase cache or user.
19833 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19835 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19836 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19838 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19839 a detached signature.
19841 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19842 and the the output is displayed.
19844 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19845 passphrase cache or user.
19847 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19849 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19850 Sign the current buffer.
19852 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19853 detached signature.
19855 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19856 within the region.
19858 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19859 and the the output is displayed.
19861 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19862 passphrase cache or user.
19864 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19866 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19867 Verify the current region between START and END.
19868 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19869 the detached signature of the current region.
19871 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19872 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19874 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19876 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19877 Verify the current buffer.
19878 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19879 the detached signature of the current region.
19880 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19881 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19882 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19883 within the region.
19885 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19887 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19888 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19890 \(fn)" t nil)
19892 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19893 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19897 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19898 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19900 \(fn)" t nil)
19902 ;;;***
19904 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
19905 ;;;;;; (17251 37235))
19906 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
19908 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
19909 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
19911 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
19913 ;;;***
19915 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19916 ;;;;;; (17316 61871))
19917 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19919 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19920 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19921 \\<picture-mode-map>
19922 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19923 afterwards settable by these commands:
19925 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
19926 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
19927 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
19928 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
19930 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
19931 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
19932 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
19933 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
19935 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
19936 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
19937 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
19938 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
19940 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19941 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19942 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19943 with these commands:
19945 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
19946 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
19947 Move to column following last
19948 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
19949 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
19950 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
19951 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
19952 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
19953 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
19955 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19957 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
19958 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
19959 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
19960 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
19961 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
19962 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
19964 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19965 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
19966 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
19967 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
19968 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
19969 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
19970 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
19972 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19973 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
19974 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
19975 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
19976 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
19977 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
19978 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
19979 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
19981 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
19982 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
19983 by supplying an argument.
19985 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19987 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19988 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19990 \(fn)" t nil)
19992 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19994 ;;;***
19996 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (17148 25215))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20000 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20001 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20002 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20004 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20006 ;;;***
20008 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17140 20949))
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20011 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20012 Play pong and waste time.
20013 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20014 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20016 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20018 \\{pong-mode-map}
20020 \(fn)" t nil)
20022 ;;;***
20024 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20025 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17185 27496))
20026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20028 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20029 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20030 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20031 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20033 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20035 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20036 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20038 \(fn)" nil nil)
20040 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20041 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20042 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20043 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20044 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20046 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20048 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20049 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
20050 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
20051 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
20052 in the variable `values'.
20054 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20056 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20057 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20058 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20059 Ignores leading comment characters.
20061 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20063 ;;;***
20065 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20066 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20067 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20068 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20069 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20070 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20071 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20072 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20073 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20074 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20075 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20076 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20077 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20078 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20079 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20080 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20081 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20082 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20083 ;;;;;; (17275 51551))
20084 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20086 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20087 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20089 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20091 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20093 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20095 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20096 Preview directory using ghostview.
20098 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20099 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20100 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20101 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20103 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20104 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20105 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20106 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20107 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20108 file name.
20110 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20112 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20114 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20115 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20117 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20118 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20119 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20120 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20122 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20123 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20124 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20125 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20126 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20127 file name.
20129 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20131 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20133 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20134 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20136 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20137 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20138 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20139 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20141 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20142 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20143 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20144 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20145 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20146 file name.
20148 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20150 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20152 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20153 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20155 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20157 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20158 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20159 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20160 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20162 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20163 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20164 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20165 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20166 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20167 file name.
20169 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20171 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20173 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20174 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20176 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20177 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20178 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20180 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20181 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20182 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20183 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20185 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20187 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20188 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20190 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20191 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20192 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20194 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20195 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20196 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20197 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20199 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20201 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20202 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20204 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20205 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20206 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20208 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20209 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20210 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20211 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20213 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20215 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20216 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20218 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20220 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20221 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20222 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20224 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20225 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20226 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20227 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20229 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20231 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20232 Preview region using ghostview.
20234 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20236 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20238 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20239 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20241 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20243 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20245 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20246 Print region using PostScript printer.
20248 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20250 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20252 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20253 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20255 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20257 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20259 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20260 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20262 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20264 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20266 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20267 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20269 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20271 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20273 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20274 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20276 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20278 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20280 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20281 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20283 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20285 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20287 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20288 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20289 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20290 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20292 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20293 matching.
20295 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20296 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20298 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20300 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20302 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20303 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20304 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20305 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20307 \(fn)" t nil)
20309 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20310 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20311 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20312 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20314 \(fn)" t nil)
20316 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20317 Print directory using text printer.
20319 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20320 matching.
20322 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20323 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20325 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20327 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20329 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20330 Print buffer using text printer.
20332 \(fn)" t nil)
20334 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20335 Print region using text printer.
20337 \(fn)" t nil)
20339 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20340 Print major mode using text printer.
20342 \(fn)" t nil)
20344 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20345 Preview spooled PostScript.
20347 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20348 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20349 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20351 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20352 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20353 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20355 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20357 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20358 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20360 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20361 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20362 instead of sending it to the printer.
20364 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20365 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20366 image in a file with that name.
20368 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20370 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20371 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20373 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20374 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20375 instead of sending it to the printer.
20377 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20378 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20379 image in a file with that name.
20381 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20383 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20384 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20386 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20387 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20388 instead of sending it to the printer.
20390 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20391 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20392 image in a file with that name.
20394 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20396 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20397 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20399 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20401 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20402 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20404 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20406 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20407 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20409 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20411 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20412 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20414 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20416 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20417 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20419 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20421 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20422 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20424 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20425 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20426 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20427 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20429 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20430 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20431 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20432 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20433 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20434 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20435 file name.
20437 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20439 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20440 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20442 \(fn)" t nil)
20444 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20445 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20447 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20448 right.
20449 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20450 bottom.
20452 \(fn)" t nil)
20454 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20455 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20457 \(fn)" t nil)
20459 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20460 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20462 \(fn)" t nil)
20464 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20465 Toggle printing with faces.
20467 \(fn)" t nil)
20469 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20470 Toggle spooling.
20472 \(fn)" t nil)
20474 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20475 Toggle duplex.
20477 \(fn)" t nil)
20479 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20480 Toggle tumble.
20482 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20483 right.
20484 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20485 bottom.
20487 \(fn)" t nil)
20489 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20490 Toggle landscape.
20492 \(fn)" t nil)
20494 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20495 Toggle upside-down.
20497 \(fn)" t nil)
20499 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20500 Toggle line number.
20502 \(fn)" t nil)
20504 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20505 Toggle zebra stripes.
20507 \(fn)" t nil)
20509 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20510 Toggle printing header.
20512 \(fn)" t nil)
20514 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20515 Toggle printing header frame.
20517 \(fn)" t nil)
20519 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20520 Toggle menu lock.
20522 \(fn)" t nil)
20524 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20525 Toggle auto region.
20527 \(fn)" t nil)
20529 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20530 Toggle auto mode.
20532 \(fn)" t nil)
20534 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20535 Customization of the `printing' group.
20537 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20539 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20540 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20542 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20544 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20545 Help for the printing package.
20547 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20549 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20550 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20552 \(fn)" t nil)
20554 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20555 Interactively select a text printer.
20557 \(fn)" t nil)
20559 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20560 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20562 \(fn)" t nil)
20564 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20565 Show current ps-print settings.
20567 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20569 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20570 Show current printing settings.
20572 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20574 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20575 Show current lpr settings.
20577 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20579 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20580 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20582 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20583 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20584 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20585 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20588 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20590 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20591 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20592 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20594 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20595 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20596 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20597 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20598 current active printer.
20600 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20601 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20602 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20603 printer.
20605 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20606 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20607 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20608 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20609 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20612 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20613 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20615 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20617 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20618 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20619 be done using the new current active printer.
20621 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20622 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20623 printer.
20625 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20626 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20627 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20628 instead of sending it to the printer.
20630 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20631 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20632 printer.
20634 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20637 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20638 are both set to t.
20640 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20642 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20643 Fast fire function for text printing.
20645 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20646 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20647 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20648 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20650 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20651 user for a new active text printer.
20653 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20655 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20657 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20658 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20659 printer.
20661 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20663 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20664 are both set to t.
20666 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20668 ;;;***
20670 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20671 ;;;;;; (17276 44726))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20674 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20675 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20676 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20677 Commands:
20678 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20679 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20680 if that value is non-nil.
20682 \(fn)" t nil)
20684 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20685 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20687 \(fn)" t nil)
20689 ;;;***
20691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17318 56744))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20694 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20695 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20696 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20698 ;;;***
20700 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17276
20701 ;;;;;; 44727))
20702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20704 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20705 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20707 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20709 The following variables hold user options, and can
20710 be set through the `customize' command:
20712 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20713 `ps-mode-tab'
20714 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20715 `ps-mode-print-function'
20716 `ps-run-prompt'
20717 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20718 `ps-run-x'
20719 `ps-run-dumb'
20720 `ps-run-init'
20721 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20722 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
20724 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20727 \\{ps-mode-map}
20730 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20731 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20732 The keymap for this second window is:
20734 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20737 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20738 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20739 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20740 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20741 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20743 \(fn)" t nil)
20745 ;;;***
20747 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20748 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20749 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20750 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17239 32229))
20751 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20753 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20754 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20756 Valid values are:
20758 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20759 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20760 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20761 changed by setting the variable
20762 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20763 The initial value of this variable is
20764 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20765 documentation).
20767 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20768 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20769 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20770 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20771 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20772 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20773 test it.
20775 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20776 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20777 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20778 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20779 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20780 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20781 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20782 use this value, be sure to have installed
20783 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20784 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20785 documentation of this variable).
20787 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20788 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20789 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20790 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20791 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20792 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20794 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20796 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20798 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20799 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20800 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20802 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20804 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20805 Not documented
20807 \(fn)" nil nil)
20809 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20810 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20812 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20814 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20816 Returns the value:
20818 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20820 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20821 the sequence.
20823 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20825 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20826 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20828 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20829 composition.
20831 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20833 Returns the value:
20835 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20837 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20838 the sequence.
20840 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20842 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20843 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20845 \(fn)" nil nil)
20847 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20848 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20849 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20851 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20853 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20854 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20855 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20857 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20859 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20860 Not documented
20862 \(fn)" nil nil)
20864 ;;;***
20866 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20867 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20868 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20869 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20870 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20871 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17239
20872 ;;;;;; 32233))
20873 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20875 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20876 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20877 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20879 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20881 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20882 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20883 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20884 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20886 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20888 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20889 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20891 Valid values are:
20893 nil Do not print colors.
20895 t Print colors.
20897 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20898 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20900 Any other value is treated as t.")
20902 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20904 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20905 Customization of ps-print group.
20907 \(fn)" t nil)
20909 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20910 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20913 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20914 sending it to the printer.
20916 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20917 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20918 image in a file with that name.
20920 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20922 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20923 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20924 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20925 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20926 so it has a way to determine color values.
20928 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20930 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20931 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20932 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20934 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20936 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20937 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20938 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20939 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20940 so it has a way to determine color values.
20942 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20944 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20945 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20946 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20947 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20949 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20951 \(fn)" t nil)
20953 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20954 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20955 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20956 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20957 so it has a way to determine color values.
20959 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20961 \(fn)" t nil)
20963 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20964 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20965 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20967 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20969 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20971 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20972 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20973 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20974 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20975 so it has a way to determine color values.
20977 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20979 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20981 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20982 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20984 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20985 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20986 instead of sending it to the printer.
20988 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20989 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20990 image in a file with that name.
20992 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20994 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20995 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20996 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20997 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20998 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21000 \(fn)" t nil)
21002 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21003 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21004 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21006 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21008 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21009 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21010 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21012 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21014 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21015 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21017 \(fn)" nil nil)
21019 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21020 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21022 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21023 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21025 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21026 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21028 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21030 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21032 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21034 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21035 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21037 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21038 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21040 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21041 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21043 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21045 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21047 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21049 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21050 foreground and background colors respectively.
21052 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21053 bold - use bold font.
21054 italic - use italic font.
21055 underline - put a line under text.
21056 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21057 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21058 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21059 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21060 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21062 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21064 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21066 ;;;***
21068 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21069 ;;;;;; (17362 20185))
21070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21072 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21074 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21076 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21078 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21079 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21080 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21081 buffer automatically.
21082 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
21083 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
21084 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
21085 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
21086 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
21087 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
21089 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
21091 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21092 Major mode for editing Python files.
21093 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
21094 parsing of the source.
21095 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21096 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21097 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21099 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21100 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21101 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21102 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21103 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21104 \\<python-mode-map>
21105 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21106 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21107 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21108 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21109 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21110 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21112 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
21113 effect outside them.
21115 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21116 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21117 lines count as headers.
21119 \\{python-mode-map}
21121 \(fn)" t nil)
21123 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21124 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21125 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21126 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21128 \(fn)" t nil)
21130 ;;;***
21132 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21133 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
21134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21136 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21137 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21138 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21139 coding-system.
21141 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21142 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21144 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21145 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21146 them into characters should be done separately.
21148 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21150 ;;;***
21152 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21153 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21154 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21155 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21156 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17250 28362))
21157 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21159 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21160 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21162 \(fn)" nil nil)
21164 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21165 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21166 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21168 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21169 `quail-activate', which see.
21171 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21173 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21174 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21175 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21176 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21177 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21178 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21179 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21181 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21182 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21183 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21184 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21185 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21186 shown.
21187 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21189 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21190 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21191 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21192 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21193 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21194 list of candidates.
21196 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21197 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21198 command to be called.
21200 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21201 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21202 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21203 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21205 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21206 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21207 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21208 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21209 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21210 to t.
21212 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21213 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21214 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21215 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21217 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21218 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21219 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21220 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21222 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21223 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21224 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21225 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21226 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21227 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21229 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21230 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21231 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21232 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21233 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21234 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21236 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21237 covers Quail translation region.
21239 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21240 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21241 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21242 for it) is inserted.
21244 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21245 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21246 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21248 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21249 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21250 non-Quail commands.
21252 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21254 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21255 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21257 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21258 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21259 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21260 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21261 you type is correctly handled.
21263 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21265 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21266 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21268 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21269 keyboard type.
21271 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21273 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21274 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21275 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21276 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21277 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21278 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21279 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21280 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21281 for the translation.
21282 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21284 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21285 it is used to handle KEY.
21287 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21288 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21289 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21290 the following annotation types are supported.
21292 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21293 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21295 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21296 candidate list.
21298 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21299 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21300 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21301 inserted.
21303 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21304 generated for the following translations.
21306 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21308 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21309 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21311 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21312 which to install MAP.
21314 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21316 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21318 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21319 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21321 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21322 which to install MAP.
21324 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21326 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21328 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21329 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21330 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21331 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21332 a function, or a cons.
21333 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21334 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21335 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21336 for the translation.
21337 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21338 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21339 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21340 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21341 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21343 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21344 it is used to handle KEY.
21346 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21347 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21348 current Quail package.
21350 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21351 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21353 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21355 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21356 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21358 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21359 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21361 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21363 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21364 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21366 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21368 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21369 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21370 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21371 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21372 of the Emacs source tree.
21374 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21375 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21377 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21378 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21379 of each directory.
21381 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21383 ;;;***
21385 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21386 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21387 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17140
21388 ;;;;;; 20942))
21389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21391 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21392 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21393 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21394 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21396 To make use of this do something like:
21398 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21400 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21402 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21403 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21405 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21406 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21407 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21409 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21411 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21412 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21414 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21416 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21417 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21419 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21420 is decided.
21422 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21424 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21425 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21427 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21428 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21429 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21431 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21433 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21434 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21436 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21438 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21439 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21441 \(fn)" t nil)
21443 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21444 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21446 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21448 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21450 \(fn)" t nil)
21452 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21453 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21455 \(fn)" t nil)
21457 ;;;***
21459 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc) "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (17378 16858))
21460 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21462 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21463 Connect to IRC.
21465 If any of the the optional SERVER, PORT, NICK or CHANNELS are not
21466 supplied, they are taken from the variables `rcirc-server',
21467 `rcirc-port', `rcirc-nick', and `rcirc-startup-channels-alist',
21468 respectively.
21470 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK CHANNELS)" t nil)
21472 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21474 ;;;***
21476 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17239
21477 ;;;;;; 32359))
21478 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21480 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21481 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21482 See \\[compile].
21484 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21486 ;;;***
21488 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21489 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21492 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21494 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21495 Construct a regexp interactively.
21497 \(fn)" t nil)
21499 ;;;***
21501 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17314 3338))
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21504 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21505 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21506 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21508 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
21510 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
21512 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21514 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21515 Toggle recentf mode.
21516 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21517 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21519 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21520 that were operated on recently.
21522 \\{recentf-mode-map}
21524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21526 ;;;***
21528 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21529 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21530 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21531 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17239
21532 ;;;;;; 32234))
21533 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21535 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21536 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21537 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21538 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21540 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21542 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21544 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21545 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21546 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21547 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21548 ends.
21550 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21551 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21552 to be deleted.
21554 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21556 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21557 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21558 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21560 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21561 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21562 deleted.
21564 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21566 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21567 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21568 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21570 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21572 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21573 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21575 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21576 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21578 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21579 deleted.
21581 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21583 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21584 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21586 \(fn)" t nil)
21588 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21589 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21590 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21591 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21592 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21593 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21594 and point is at the lower right corner.
21596 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21598 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21599 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21601 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21602 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21604 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21605 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21606 on the right side of the rectangle.
21608 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21610 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21612 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21613 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21614 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21615 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21616 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21618 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21619 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21621 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21623 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21624 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21625 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21627 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21629 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21631 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21633 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21634 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21636 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21637 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21638 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21640 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21642 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21643 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21644 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21646 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21647 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21648 rectangle which were empty.
21650 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21652 ;;;***
21654 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17148
21655 ;;;;;; 25216))
21656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21658 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21659 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21660 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21662 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21663 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21664 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21668 ;;;***
21670 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21671 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17275 15964))
21672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21674 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21675 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21677 \(fn)" nil nil)
21679 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21680 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21682 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21683 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21685 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21686 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21687 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21688 \\ref macro.
21690 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21691 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21692 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21694 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21695 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21696 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21698 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21699 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21701 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21702 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21704 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21705 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21706 on the menu bar.
21708 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21712 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21713 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21714 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21716 \(fn)" nil nil)
21718 ;;;***
21720 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21721 ;;;;;; (17205 6249))
21722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21724 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21725 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21726 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21727 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21728 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21729 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21731 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21733 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21735 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21736 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21737 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21738 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21739 `reftex-cite-format'.
21741 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21742 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21743 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21744 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21746 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21748 ;;;***
21750 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21751 ;;;;;; (17205 6250))
21752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21754 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21755 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21756 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21757 the current TeX document.
21759 With no argument, this command toggles
21760 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21761 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21765 ;;;***
21767 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21768 ;;;;;; (17239 32421))
21769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21771 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21772 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21773 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21775 To insert new phrases, use
21776 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21777 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21779 To index phrases use one of:
21781 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21782 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21783 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21784 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21785 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21787 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21788 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21790 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21792 Here are all local bindings.
21794 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21796 \(fn)" t nil)
21798 ;;;***
21800 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21801 ;;;;;; (17205 6254))
21802 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21804 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21805 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21806 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21807 of master file.
21809 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21811 ;;;***
21813 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21814 ;;;;;; (17148 25097))
21815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21817 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21818 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21819 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21820 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21821 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21822 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21824 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21825 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21827 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21828 by \\=\\< and \\>.
21830 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21832 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21833 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21834 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21835 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21837 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21839 ;;;***
21841 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17148 25034))
21842 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21844 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21845 Repeat most recently executed command.
21846 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21847 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21848 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21850 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21851 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21852 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21854 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21856 ;;;***
21858 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21859 ;;;;;; (17148 25157))
21860 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21862 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21863 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21865 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21866 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21867 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21868 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21869 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21870 and point is left after the salutation.
21872 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21873 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21874 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21875 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21876 left after that text.
21878 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21879 is non-nil.
21881 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21882 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21883 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21884 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21886 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21888 ;;;***
21890 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21891 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
21892 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21894 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21895 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21896 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21897 visibility of comments that precede it.
21898 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21899 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21900 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21901 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21902 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21903 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21904 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21905 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21906 the comment lines.
21907 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21908 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21909 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21910 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21911 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21914 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21916 ;;;***
21918 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17148
21919 ;;;;;; 25035))
21920 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21922 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21923 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21925 \(fn)" nil nil)
21927 ;;;***
21929 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21930 ;;;;;; (17349 36484))
21931 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21933 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21934 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21935 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21937 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21938 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21939 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21943 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21944 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21945 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21947 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21949 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21951 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21953 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21954 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21955 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21957 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21958 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21959 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21963 ;;;***
21965 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21966 ;;;;;; (17148 25098))
21967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21969 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21970 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21972 \(fn X)" nil nil)
21974 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21975 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21977 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21979 ;;;***
21981 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17140 20942))
21982 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21983 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21985 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21986 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21987 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21988 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21990 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21992 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21993 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21994 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21995 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21997 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21998 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22000 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22001 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22003 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22004 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22005 INPUT-ARGS.
22007 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22008 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22009 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22010 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22011 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22013 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22014 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22015 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22016 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22018 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22019 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22020 variable.
22022 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22024 ;;;***
22026 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22027 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22028 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22029 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22030 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22031 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22032 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17359
22033 ;;;;;; 40965))
22034 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22036 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22037 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22038 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22040 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22042 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22043 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22044 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22045 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22047 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
22049 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22050 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22051 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22052 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22053 value is the user's email address and name.)
22054 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22056 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22057 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22058 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22059 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22060 which normally happens once for each message,
22061 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22062 To make a change in this variable take effect
22063 for a message that you have already viewed,
22064 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22066 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22068 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22069 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22070 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22071 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22073 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
22075 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22076 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22078 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
22080 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22081 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22082 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22083 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22085 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
22087 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
22088 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22090 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
22092 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22093 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22095 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
22097 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22098 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22099 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22100 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22101 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22103 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
22105 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22106 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22107 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22108 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22110 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
22112 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22113 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22115 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
22117 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22118 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22120 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
22122 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22123 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22125 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
22127 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22128 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22130 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22131 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22133 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22134 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22136 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
22138 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22139 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22141 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22142 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22143 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22144 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22146 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22147 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22149 This is set to nil by default.")
22151 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22152 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22153 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22154 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22155 until a user explicitly requires it.
22157 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22158 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22159 in your session.")
22161 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
22163 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22164 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22165 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22166 It is called with no argument.")
22168 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22169 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22170 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22171 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22172 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22173 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22174 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22176 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22177 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22178 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22179 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22180 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22181 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22183 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22184 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22185 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22186 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22187 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22189 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22190 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22191 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22192 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22193 MSG is the message number,
22194 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22195 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22197 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22198 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22199 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22200 this feature is required with `require'.
22202 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22203 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22205 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22206 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22207 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22208 the message is decoded as normal way.
22210 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22211 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22212 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22214 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
22215 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22216 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22218 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22219 Read and edit incoming mail.
22220 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22221 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22222 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22224 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22225 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22226 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22227 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22229 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22231 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22233 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22234 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22235 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22236 Instead, these commands are available:
22238 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22239 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22240 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22241 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22242 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22243 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22244 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22245 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22246 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22247 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22248 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22249 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22250 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22251 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22252 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22253 till a deleted message is found.
22254 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22255 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22256 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22257 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22258 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22259 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22260 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22261 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22262 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22263 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22264 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22265 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22266 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22267 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22268 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22269 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22270 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22271 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22272 (label defaults to last one specified).
22273 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22274 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22275 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22276 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22277 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22278 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22279 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22280 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22281 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22283 \(fn)" t nil)
22285 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22286 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22288 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22290 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22291 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22293 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22295 ;;;***
22297 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22298 ;;;;;; (17148 25160))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22301 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22302 Edit the contents of this message.
22304 \(fn)" t nil)
22306 ;;;***
22308 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22309 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22310 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17185 27577))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22313 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22314 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22315 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22317 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22319 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22320 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22321 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22323 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22325 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22326 Not documented
22328 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22330 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22331 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22332 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22333 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22334 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22336 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22338 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22339 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22340 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22341 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22342 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22344 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22346 ;;;***
22348 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22349 ;;;;;; (17185 27577))
22350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22352 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22353 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22354 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22355 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22357 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22359 ;;;***
22361 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22362 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22363 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17362 20183))
22364 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22366 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22367 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22368 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22369 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22370 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22371 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22372 a file name as a string.")
22374 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22376 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22377 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22378 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22379 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22380 buffer visiting that file.
22381 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22382 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22384 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22385 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22387 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22388 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22390 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22391 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22393 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22395 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22396 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22398 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22400 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22401 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22402 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22403 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22404 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22406 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22407 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22408 will be appended with their original headers.
22410 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22411 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22413 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22414 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22416 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22418 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22420 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22421 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22422 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22424 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22426 ;;;***
22428 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22429 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22430 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17148
22431 ;;;;;; 25160))
22432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22434 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22435 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22436 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22438 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22440 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22441 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22442 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22444 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22446 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22447 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22448 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22450 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22452 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22453 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22454 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22456 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22458 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22459 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22460 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22462 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22464 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22465 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22466 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22468 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22470 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22471 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22472 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22473 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22475 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22477 ;;;***
22479 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22480 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22481 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22482 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22483 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17369 18495))
22484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22486 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22487 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22489 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
22491 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22492 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22494 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
22496 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22497 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22499 \(fn)" t nil)
22501 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22502 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22503 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22505 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22507 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22508 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22509 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22510 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22511 only look in the To and From fields.
22512 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22514 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22516 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22517 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22518 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22519 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22520 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22522 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22524 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22525 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22526 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22527 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22528 look in the whole message.
22529 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22531 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22533 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22534 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22535 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22537 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22539 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22540 *Function to decode summary-line.
22542 By default, `identity' is set.")
22544 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
22546 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22547 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22548 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22549 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22550 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22551 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22552 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22554 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22555 sent by you under different user names.
22556 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22558 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22560 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
22562 ;;;***
22564 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
22565 ;;;;;; (17185 27602))
22566 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
22568 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
22569 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
22570 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
22571 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
22573 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
22575 ;;;***
22577 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22578 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17148 25035))
22579 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22581 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22582 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22584 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22586 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22587 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22591 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22592 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22596 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22597 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22598 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22600 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22601 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22602 in rot 13.
22604 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22606 \(fn)" t nil)
22608 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22609 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22611 \(fn)" t nil)
22613 ;;;***
22615 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22616 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22617 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22618 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22619 ;;;;;; (17148 25181))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22622 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22623 *This variable is obsolete.")
22625 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22627 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22628 *This variable is obsolete.")
22630 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22632 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22633 *This variable is obsolete.")
22635 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22637 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22638 *This variable is obsolete.")
22640 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22642 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22643 *This variable is obsolete.")
22645 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22647 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22648 *This variable is obsolete.")
22650 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22652 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22653 This function is obsolete.
22655 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22657 ;;;***
22659 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17159
22660 ;;;;;; 1467))
22661 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22663 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22664 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22668 ;;;***
22670 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17148
22671 ;;;;;; 25098))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22674 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22675 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22676 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22677 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22679 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22681 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22682 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22683 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22684 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22686 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22687 notation.
22689 STRING
22690 matches string STRING literally.
22692 CHAR
22693 matches character CHAR literally.
22695 `not-newline', `nonl'
22696 matches any character except a newline.
22698 `anything'
22699 matches any character
22701 `(any SET ...)'
22702 `(in SET ...)'
22703 `(char SET ...)'
22704 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22705 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22706 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22708 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22709 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22710 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22711 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22713 `(not (any SET ...))'
22714 matches any character not in SET ...
22716 `line-start', `bol'
22717 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22718 in the text being matched
22720 `line-end', `eol'
22721 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22723 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22724 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22725 string being matched against.
22727 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22728 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22729 string being matched against.
22731 `buffer-start'
22732 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22733 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22735 `buffer-end'
22736 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22737 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22739 `point'
22740 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22742 `word-start', `bow'
22743 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22744 word.
22746 `word-end', `eow'
22747 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22749 `word-boundary'
22750 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22751 word.
22753 `(not word-boundary)'
22754 `not-word-boundary'
22755 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22756 word.
22758 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22759 matches 0 through 9.
22761 `control', `cntrl'
22762 matches ASCII control characters.
22764 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22765 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22767 `blank'
22768 matches space and tab only.
22770 `graphic', `graph'
22771 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22772 space, and DEL.
22774 `printing', `print'
22775 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22776 and DEL.
22778 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22779 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22780 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22782 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22783 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22784 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22786 `ascii'
22787 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22789 `nonascii'
22790 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22792 `lower', `lower-case'
22793 matches anything lower-case.
22795 `upper', `upper-case'
22796 matches anything upper-case.
22798 `punctuation', `punct'
22799 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22800 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22802 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22803 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22805 `word', `wordchar'
22806 matches anything that has word syntax.
22808 `not-wordchar'
22809 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22811 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
22812 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22813 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22814 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22816 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22817 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22818 `word' (\\sw)
22819 `symbol' (\\s_)
22820 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22821 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22822 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22823 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22824 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22825 `escape' (\\s\\)
22826 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22827 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22828 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22829 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22830 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22832 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22833 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22835 `(category CATEGORY)'
22836 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22837 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22839 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22840 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22841 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22842 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22843 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
22844 `symbol' (\\c5)
22845 `digit' (\\c6)
22846 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22847 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22848 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22849 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22850 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22851 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22852 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22853 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22854 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22855 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22856 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22857 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22858 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22859 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22860 `ascii' (\\ca)
22861 `arabic' (\\cb)
22862 `chinese' (\\cc)
22863 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
22864 `greek' (\\cg)
22865 `korean' (\\ch)
22866 `indian' (\\ci)
22867 `japanese' (\\cj)
22868 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22869 `latin' (\\cl)
22870 `lao' (\\co)
22871 `tibetan' (\\cq)
22872 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22873 `thai' (\\ct)
22874 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22875 `hebrew' (\\cw)
22876 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
22877 `can-break' (\\c|)
22879 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22880 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22882 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22883 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22884 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22885 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22886 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22888 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22889 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22890 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22891 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22893 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22894 another name for `submatch'.
22896 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22897 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22898 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22899 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22900 regular expression.
22902 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22903 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22904 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22905 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22906 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22908 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22909 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22911 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22912 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22914 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22915 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
22916 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22918 `(* SEXP ...)'
22919 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22920 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22922 `(*? SEXP ...)'
22923 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22924 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22926 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22927 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
22928 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22930 `(+ SEXP ...)'
22931 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22933 `(+? SEXP ...)'
22934 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22936 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22937 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22938 `(opt SEXP ...)'
22939 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22941 `(? SEXP ...)'
22942 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22944 `(?? SEXP ...)'
22945 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22947 `(repeat N SEXP)'
22948 `(= N SEXP ...)'
22949 matches N occurrences.
22951 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
22952 matches N or more occurrences.
22954 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22955 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22956 matches N to M occurrences.
22958 `(backref N)'
22959 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22961 `(backref N)'
22962 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22964 `(backref N)'
22965 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22967 `(eval FORM)'
22968 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22969 `regexp-quote' it.
22971 `(regexp REGEXP)'
22972 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22974 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22976 ;;;***
22978 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
22979 ;;;;;; (17378 6213))
22980 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
22982 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
22983 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
22984 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
22985 interface.")
22987 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
22989 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
22990 Toggle savehist-mode.
22991 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
22992 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
22993 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
22994 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
22996 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
22997 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
22998 which is probably undesirable.
23000 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23002 ;;;***
23004 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23005 ;;;;;; (17276 44727))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23008 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23009 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23010 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23012 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23013 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23014 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23015 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23016 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23017 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23018 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23019 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23021 Commands:
23022 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23023 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23024 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23025 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23026 if that value is non-nil.
23028 \(fn)" t nil)
23030 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23031 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23032 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23034 Commands:
23035 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23036 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23037 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23038 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23039 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23040 that variable's value is a string.
23042 \(fn)" t nil)
23044 ;;;***
23046 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23047 ;;;;;; (17148 25151))
23048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23050 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23051 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23052 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23054 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23056 \(fn)" t nil)
23058 ;;;***
23060 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17185
23061 ;;;;;; 27603))
23062 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23064 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23065 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23066 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23067 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23069 Interesting variables:
23071 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23072 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23074 `scribe-electric-quote'
23075 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23077 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23078 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23079 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23081 \(fn)" t nil)
23083 ;;;***
23085 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23086 ;;;;;; (17148 25035))
23087 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23089 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23090 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23091 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23093 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23095 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23097 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23099 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23100 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23101 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23102 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23103 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23107 ;;;***
23109 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23110 ;;;;;; (17167 2786))
23111 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23113 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23114 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23115 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23116 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23117 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23118 during scrolling.
23120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23122 ;;;***
23124 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23125 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23126 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23127 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23128 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23129 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23130 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23131 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23132 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17330 49619))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23135 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23136 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23138 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23139 king@grassland.com
23140 If `parens', they look like:
23141 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23142 If `angles', they look like:
23143 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23144 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23145 derived from the envelope-from address.
23147 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23148 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23149 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23150 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23152 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
23154 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23155 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23156 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23157 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23159 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23160 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23161 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23162 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23164 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
23166 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23167 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23168 This is done when the message is initialized,
23169 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23171 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
23173 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23174 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23175 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23177 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
23179 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23181 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23182 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23183 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23184 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23185 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23186 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23187 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23189 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
23191 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23192 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23194 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
23196 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23197 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23198 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23200 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
23202 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23203 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23204 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23205 when you first send mail.")
23207 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
23209 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23210 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23211 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23212 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23213 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23215 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
23217 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23218 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23219 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23220 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23221 This file need not actually exist.")
23223 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
23225 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23226 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23227 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23229 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
23231 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23232 Alist of mail address aliases,
23233 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23234 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23235 can specify a different file name.)
23236 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23237 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23239 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23240 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23241 nil means use indentation.")
23243 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
23245 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23246 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23247 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23249 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
23251 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23252 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23253 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23254 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23255 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23256 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23257 in the cited portion of the message.
23259 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23260 instead of no action.")
23262 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
23264 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23265 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23266 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23267 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23268 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23270 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
23272 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23273 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23274 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23275 If a string, that string is inserted.
23276 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23277 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23278 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23279 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23281 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
23283 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23284 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23286 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
23288 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23289 Directory for mail buffers.
23290 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23291 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23293 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
23295 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23296 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23297 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23298 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23300 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
23302 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23303 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23304 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23305 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23306 is non-nil.")
23308 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
23310 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23311 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23312 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23313 `query' means ask the user each time.
23314 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23315 The default is `mime'.
23316 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23317 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23319 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
23321 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23322 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23323 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23325 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23326 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23328 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23329 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23330 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23331 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23332 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23333 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23334 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23335 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23336 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23337 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23338 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23339 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23340 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23342 \(fn)" t nil)
23344 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23345 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23347 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23348 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23350 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
23352 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23353 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23354 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23355 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23356 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23357 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23359 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23360 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23361 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23363 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23364 User should not set this variable manually,
23365 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23366 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23367 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23368 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23370 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23371 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23372 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23373 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23375 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23376 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23378 \\<mail-mode-map>
23379 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23381 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23382 to move to message header fields:
23383 \\{mail-mode-map}
23385 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23386 when the message is initialized.
23388 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23389 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23391 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23392 is inserted.
23394 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23395 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23397 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23398 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23399 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23400 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23401 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23402 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23403 buffer without erasing the contents.
23405 The second through fifth arguments,
23406 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23407 the initial contents of those header fields.
23408 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23409 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23410 original message being replied to, or else an action
23411 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23412 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23413 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23414 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23415 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23416 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23418 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23420 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23421 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23423 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23425 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23426 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23428 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23430 ;;;***
23432 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23433 ;;;;;; (17244 54745))
23434 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23436 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23437 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23438 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23439 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23440 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23441 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23443 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23445 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23447 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23448 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23449 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23451 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
23453 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
23455 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23457 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23458 Toggle Server mode.
23459 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23460 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23461 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23465 ;;;***
23467 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17365 22702))
23468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23470 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23471 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23472 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23474 Key definitions:
23475 \\{ses-mode-map}
23476 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23477 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23478 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23479 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23481 \(fn)" t nil)
23483 ;;;***
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23486 ;;;;;; (17356 16925))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23489 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23490 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23491 Makes > match <.
23492 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23493 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23495 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23496 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23497 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23499 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
23500 your `.emacs' file.
23502 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23504 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23505 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23506 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23508 \(fn)" t nil)
23510 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23512 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23513 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23514 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23515 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23516 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23517 which this is based.
23519 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23521 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23522 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23523 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23524 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23526 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23527 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23528 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23530 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23531 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23532 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23533 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23535 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23536 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23537 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23538 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23540 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23542 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23543 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23544 To work around that, do:
23545 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23547 \\{html-mode-map}
23549 \(fn)" t nil)
23551 ;;;***
23553 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23554 ;;;;;; (17316 61871))
23555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23557 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23558 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23559 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23560 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23561 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23562 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23564 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23565 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23566 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23567 shell-specific features.
23569 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23570 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23571 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23572 \\<sh-mode-map>
23573 \\[sh-case] case statement
23574 \\[sh-for] for loop
23575 \\[sh-function] function definition
23576 \\[sh-if] if statement
23577 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23578 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23579 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23580 \\[sh-select] select loop
23581 \\[sh-until] until loop
23582 \\[sh-while] while loop
23584 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23585 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23586 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23587 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23588 would indent to the way it currently is.
23589 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23590 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23593 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23594 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23595 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23596 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23597 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23598 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23600 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23601 {, (, [, ', \", `
23602 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23604 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23605 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23606 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23608 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23609 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23611 \(fn)" t nil)
23613 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23615 ;;;***
23617 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17148 25151))
23618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23620 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23621 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23622 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23623 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23624 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23625 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23627 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23629 ;;;***
23631 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23632 ;;;;;; (17279 31149))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23635 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23636 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23638 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23639 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23640 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23641 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23642 the earlier.
23644 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23646 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23648 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23649 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23650 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23652 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23653 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23655 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23656 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23657 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23658 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23659 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23660 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23661 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23662 emacs version).
23664 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23665 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23666 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23667 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23668 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23670 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23671 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23672 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23674 \(fn)" t nil)
23676 ;;;***
23678 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23679 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17239
23680 ;;;;;; 32238))
23681 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23683 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23684 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23685 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23686 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23687 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23688 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23689 in the cluster.
23691 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23693 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23694 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23695 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23696 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23697 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23699 \(fn)" t nil)
23701 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23702 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23703 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23704 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23705 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23706 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23707 `shadow-define-cluster').
23709 \(fn)" t nil)
23711 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23712 Set up file shadowing.
23714 \(fn)" t nil)
23716 ;;;***
23718 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23719 ;;;;;; (17196 30352))
23720 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23722 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23723 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23724 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23725 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23726 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23727 arguments.")
23729 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23731 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23732 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23733 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23734 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23735 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23736 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23737 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23738 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23739 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23740 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23741 discards input when it starts up.)
23742 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23743 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23744 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23746 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23747 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23748 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23749 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23750 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23751 `default-process-coding-system'.
23753 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23754 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23755 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23756 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23758 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23760 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23761 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23763 ;;;***
23765 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23766 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17205 6100))
23767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23769 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23770 Not documented
23772 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23774 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23775 Not documented
23777 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23779 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23780 Not documented
23782 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23784 ;;;***
23786 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23787 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
23788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23790 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23791 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23792 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23793 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23794 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23796 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23798 \(fn)" t nil)
23800 ;;;***
23802 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17276
23803 ;;;;;; 44727))
23804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23806 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23807 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23808 \\{simula-mode-map}
23809 Variables controlling indentation style:
23810 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23811 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23812 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23813 `simula-indent-level'
23814 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23815 `simula-substatement-offset'
23816 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23817 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23818 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23819 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23820 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23821 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23822 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23823 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23824 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23825 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23826 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23827 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23828 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23829 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23830 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23831 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23832 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23833 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23834 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23835 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23836 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23837 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23838 or nil if they should not be changed.
23839 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23840 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23841 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23842 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23844 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23845 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23847 \(fn)" t nil)
23849 ;;;***
23851 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23852 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17148 25043))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23855 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23856 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23858 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23859 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23860 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23861 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23863 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23865 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23866 Insert SKELETON.
23867 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23868 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23869 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23870 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23871 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23873 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23874 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23876 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23878 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23879 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23881 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23882 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23883 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23884 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23886 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23887 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23888 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23889 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23891 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23892 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23893 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23895 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23896 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23898 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23899 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23901 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23902 _ interesting point, interregion here
23903 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23904 interesting point set by _
23905 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23906 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23907 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23908 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23909 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23910 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23911 nil skipped
23913 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23914 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23916 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23917 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23918 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23919 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23920 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23921 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23922 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23923 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23925 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23926 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23927 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23928 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23929 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23930 available:
23932 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23933 then: insert previously read string once more
23934 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23935 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23936 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23938 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23939 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23941 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23943 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23944 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23946 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23947 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23948 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23949 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23950 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23951 such as backslash.
23953 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23954 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23955 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23957 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23959 ;;;***
23961 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23962 ;;;;;; (17248 650))
23963 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23965 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23966 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23967 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23968 buffer names.
23970 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23972 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23973 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23974 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23978 ;;;***
23980 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23981 ;;;;;; (17148 25152))
23982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23984 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23985 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23986 A list of images is returned.
23988 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23990 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23991 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23992 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23994 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23996 ;;;***
23998 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23999 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17358 48216))
24000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24002 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24003 Not documented
24005 \(fn)" nil nil)
24007 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24008 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24010 \(fn)" t nil)
24012 ;;;***
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17140 20949))
24015 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24017 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24018 Play the Snake game.
24019 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24021 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24023 Snake mode keybindings:
24024 \\<snake-mode-map>
24025 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24026 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24027 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24028 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24029 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24030 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24031 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24033 \(fn)" t nil)
24035 ;;;***
24037 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24038 ;;;;;; (17140 20942))
24039 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24041 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24042 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24043 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24044 Tab indents for C code.
24045 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24046 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24047 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24048 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24049 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24051 \(fn)" t nil)
24053 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24054 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24055 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24056 Tab indents for C code.
24057 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24058 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24059 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24060 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24061 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24063 \(fn)" t nil)
24065 ;;;***
24067 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24068 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24069 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17307 14150))
24070 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24072 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24073 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24075 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24076 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24077 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24079 For example, the form
24081 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24082 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24084 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24086 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24088 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24089 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24091 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24092 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24093 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24094 York City.
24096 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24098 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24100 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24101 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24103 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24104 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24105 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24106 York City.
24108 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24110 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24112 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24113 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24114 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24115 pair.
24117 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24119 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24121 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24122 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24123 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24125 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24126 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24128 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24132 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24133 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24134 Requires floating point.
24136 \(fn)" nil nil)
24138 ;;;***
24140 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17140
24141 ;;;;;; 20949))
24142 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24144 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24145 Play Solitaire.
24147 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24148 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24149 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24150 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24151 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24152 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24153 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24154 check after each move or undo)
24156 What is Solitaire?
24158 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24159 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24160 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24162 Le Solitaire
24163 ============
24165 o o o
24167 o o o
24169 o o o o o o o
24171 o o o . o o o
24173 o o o o o o o
24175 o o o
24177 o o o
24179 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24180 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24181 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24182 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24184 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24185 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24186 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24187 this: o o .
24189 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24190 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24192 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24194 o o o
24196 . o o
24198 o o . o o o o
24200 o . o o o o o
24202 o o o o o o o
24204 o o o
24206 o o o
24208 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24210 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24212 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24214 ;;;***
24216 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24217 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24218 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17148 25043))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24221 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24222 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24224 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24225 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24226 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24227 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24228 contiguous.
24230 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24231 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24232 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24233 the sort order.
24235 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24236 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24238 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24239 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24240 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24241 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24242 is called.
24244 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24245 It should move point to the end of the record.
24247 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24248 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24249 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24250 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24251 starts at the beginning of the record.
24253 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24254 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24255 same as ENDRECFUN.
24257 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24258 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24260 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24262 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24263 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24264 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24265 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24266 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24267 the sort order.
24269 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24271 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24272 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24273 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24274 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24275 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24276 the sort order.
24278 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24280 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24281 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24282 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24283 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24284 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24285 the sort order.
24287 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24289 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24290 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24291 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24292 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24293 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24294 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24295 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24296 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24297 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24299 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24301 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24302 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24303 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24304 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24305 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24306 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24307 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24308 the sort order.
24310 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24312 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24313 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24314 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24315 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24316 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24317 is to be used for sorting.
24318 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24319 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24320 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24321 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24322 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24324 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24326 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24327 the sort order.
24329 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24330 starting with the letter \"f\",
24331 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24333 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24335 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24336 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24337 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24338 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24339 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24340 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24341 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24342 the sort order.
24344 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24345 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24346 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24347 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24348 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24350 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24352 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24353 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24354 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24356 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24358 ;;;***
24360 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17360
24361 ;;;;;; 3380))
24362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24364 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24365 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24367 \(fn)" t nil)
24369 ;;;***
24371 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24372 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24373 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17239 32320))
24374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24376 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24377 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24379 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24380 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24381 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24383 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24385 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24386 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24387 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24388 server.
24390 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24392 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24393 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24394 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24396 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24398 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24399 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24400 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24401 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24402 Agent is plugged.
24404 \(fn)" t nil)
24406 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24407 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24408 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24409 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24411 \(fn)" t nil)
24413 ;;;***
24415 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24416 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17294 14915))
24417 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24419 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24421 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24422 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24423 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24424 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24425 supported at a time.
24426 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24427 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24431 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24432 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24433 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24434 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24436 \(fn)" t nil)
24438 ;;;***
24440 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24441 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17148 25223))
24442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24444 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24446 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24447 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24448 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24449 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24450 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24451 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24453 \(fn)" t nil)
24455 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24456 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24457 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24458 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24460 \(fn)" t nil)
24462 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24463 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24464 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24465 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24466 for example, \"word\".
24468 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24470 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24471 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24473 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24475 ;;;***
24477 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17140
24478 ;;;;;; 20949))
24479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24481 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24482 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24484 \(fn)" t nil)
24486 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24487 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24489 \(fn)" nil nil)
24491 ;;;***
24493 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24494 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24495 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24496 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17185
24497 ;;;;;; 27674))
24498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24500 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24501 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24503 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24504 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24505 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24506 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24507 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24508 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24509 of the current highlighting list.
24511 For example:
24513 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24514 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24516 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24517 `_t' as data types.
24519 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24521 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24522 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24524 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24525 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24527 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24529 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24530 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24531 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24533 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24535 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24536 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24537 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24538 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24539 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24540 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24541 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24542 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24543 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24545 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24547 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24548 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24549 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24550 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24552 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24553 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24554 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24555 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24557 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24558 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24559 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24561 \(fn)" t nil)
24563 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24564 Major mode to edit SQL.
24566 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24567 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24568 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24570 \\{sql-mode-map}
24571 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24573 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24574 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24575 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24576 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24577 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24578 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24580 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24581 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24583 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24584 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24585 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24587 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24588 (lambda ()
24589 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24591 \(fn)" t nil)
24593 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24594 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24598 `*SQL*'.
24600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24602 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24604 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24605 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24607 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24608 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24609 `*SQL*'.
24611 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24612 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24613 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24614 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24616 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24617 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24619 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24620 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24621 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24622 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24623 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24624 `default-process-coding-system'.
24626 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24628 \(fn)" t nil)
24630 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24631 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24633 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24634 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24635 `*SQL*'.
24637 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24638 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24639 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24640 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24642 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24643 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24645 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24646 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24647 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24648 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24649 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24650 `default-process-coding-system'.
24652 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24654 \(fn)" t nil)
24656 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24657 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24659 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24660 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24661 `*SQL*'.
24663 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24664 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24666 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24667 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24671 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24674 `default-process-coding-system'.
24676 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24678 \(fn)" t nil)
24680 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24681 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24683 SQLite is free software.
24685 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24686 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24687 `*SQL*'.
24689 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24690 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24691 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24692 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24694 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24695 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24697 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24698 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24699 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24700 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24701 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24702 `default-process-coding-system'.
24704 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24706 \(fn)" t nil)
24708 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24709 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24711 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24713 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24714 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24715 `*SQL*'.
24717 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24718 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24719 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24720 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24722 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24723 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24725 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24726 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24727 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24728 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24729 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24730 `default-process-coding-system'.
24732 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24734 \(fn)" t nil)
24736 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24737 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24739 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24740 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24741 `*SQL*'.
24743 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24744 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24745 defaults, if set.
24747 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24748 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24750 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24751 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24752 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24753 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24754 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24755 `default-process-coding-system'.
24757 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24759 \(fn)" t nil)
24761 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24762 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24764 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24765 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24766 `*SQL*'.
24768 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24769 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24771 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24772 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24774 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24775 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24776 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24777 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24778 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24779 `default-process-coding-system'.
24781 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24783 \(fn)" t nil)
24785 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24786 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24788 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24789 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24790 `*SQL*'.
24792 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24793 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24794 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24795 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24797 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24798 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24800 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24801 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24802 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24803 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24804 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24805 `default-process-coding-system'.
24807 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24809 \(fn)" t nil)
24811 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24812 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24814 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24815 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24816 `*SQL*'.
24818 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24819 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24820 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24821 `sql-postgres-options'.
24823 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24824 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24827 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24828 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24831 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24832 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24833 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24835 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24836 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24838 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24840 \(fn)" t nil)
24842 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24843 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24845 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24846 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24847 `*SQL*'.
24849 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24850 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24851 defaults, if set.
24853 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24854 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24856 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24857 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24858 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24859 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24860 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24861 `default-process-coding-system'.
24863 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24865 \(fn)" t nil)
24867 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24868 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24870 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24871 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24872 `*SQL*'.
24874 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24875 automatic login.
24877 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24878 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24880 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24881 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24882 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24883 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24885 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24886 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24887 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24888 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24889 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24890 `default-process-coding-system'.
24892 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24894 \(fn)" t nil)
24896 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24897 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24899 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24900 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24901 `*SQL*'.
24903 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24904 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24905 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24906 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24907 parameters.
24909 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24910 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24911 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24912 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24913 an empty password.
24915 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24916 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24918 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24920 \(fn)" t nil)
24922 ;;;***
24924 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24925 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24926 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24927 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24928 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17205
24929 ;;;;;; 6045))
24930 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24932 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24933 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24934 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24935 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24936 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24937 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24939 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24941 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24943 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24944 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24945 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24946 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24947 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24948 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24949 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24951 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24953 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24954 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24955 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24956 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24957 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24958 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24959 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24961 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24963 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24964 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24965 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24967 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24969 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24970 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24971 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24973 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24975 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24976 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24978 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24980 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24981 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24983 \(fn)" t nil)
24985 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24986 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24988 \(fn)" t nil)
24990 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24991 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24992 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24993 chronologically by command name.
24994 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24996 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24998 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24999 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25000 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25001 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25002 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
25004 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
25006 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25008 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25009 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25010 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25011 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25012 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25013 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25014 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25016 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25017 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25018 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25019 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25021 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25025 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25026 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25027 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25028 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25030 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25032 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25033 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25035 \(fn)" t nil)
25037 ;;;***
25039 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25040 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25041 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25043 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25044 Studlify-case the region.
25046 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25048 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25049 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25051 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25053 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25054 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25056 \(fn)" t nil)
25058 ;;;***
25060 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17374 39354))
25061 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25063 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25064 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25065 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25066 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25067 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25068 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25070 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25071 is used instead of `load-path'.
25073 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25074 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25075 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25077 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25079 ;;;***
25081 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25082 ;;;;;; (17239 32335))
25083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25085 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25086 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25087 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25088 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25089 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25090 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25091 original message but it does require a few things:
25093 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25095 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25096 reply buffer.
25098 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25099 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25100 original message.
25102 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25104 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25106 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25107 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25108 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25110 \(fn)" nil nil)
25112 ;;;***
25114 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17148 25050))
25115 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25117 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25118 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25119 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25120 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25121 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25123 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25125 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25126 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25127 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25128 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25129 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25130 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25131 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25133 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25135 ;;;***
25137 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25138 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25139 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25140 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25141 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25142 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25143 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25144 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25145 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25146 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25147 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25148 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25149 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17378 11759))
25150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25152 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25153 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25154 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25156 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
25158 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25159 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25161 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
25163 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25164 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25166 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
25168 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25169 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25171 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
25173 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25174 Insert an editable text table.
25175 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25176 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25177 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25178 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25179 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25180 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25181 delimiting them.
25183 Examples:
25185 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25187 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25188 location of point.
25192 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25193 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25194 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25195 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25196 first cell.
25198 +-----+-----+-----+
25199 |-!- | | |
25200 +-----+-----+-----+
25202 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25204 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25205 width, which results as
25207 +--------------+-----+-----+
25208 |-!- | | |
25209 +--------------+-----+-----+
25211 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25212 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25215 | | |-!- |
25216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25218 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25219 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25220 width information to `table-insert'.
25222 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25224 instead of
25226 Cell width(s): 5
25228 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25229 work all together.
25231 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25232 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25235 |-!- | | |
25236 | | | |
25237 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25239 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25242 |-!- | | |
25243 | | | |
25244 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25245 | | | |
25246 | | | |
25247 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25249 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25252 | | | |
25253 | | | |
25254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25255 | | | |
25256 | | | |
25257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25260 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25261 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25262 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25264 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25265 | | | |
25266 | | | |
25267 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25268 | | | |
25269 | | | |
25270 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25271 |-!- | | |
25272 | | | |
25273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25275 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25276 results.
25278 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25279 | | | |
25280 | | | |
25281 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25282 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25283 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25284 | | |expected results.-!- |
25285 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25286 | | | |
25287 | | | |
25288 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25290 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25292 \\{table-cell-map}
25294 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25296 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25297 Insert N table row(s).
25298 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25299 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25300 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25301 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25303 \(fn N)" t nil)
25305 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25306 Insert N table column(s).
25307 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25308 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25309 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25310 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25312 \(fn N)" t nil)
25314 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25315 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25316 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25318 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25320 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25321 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25322 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25323 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25324 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25325 all the table specific features.
25327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25329 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25330 Not documented
25332 \(fn)" t nil)
25334 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25335 Recognize all tables within region.
25336 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25337 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25338 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25339 specific features.
25341 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25343 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25344 Not documented
25346 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25348 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25349 Recognize a table at point.
25350 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25351 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25352 the table specific features.
25354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25356 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25357 Not documented
25359 \(fn)" t nil)
25361 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25362 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25363 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25364 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25365 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25366 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25367 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25369 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25371 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25372 Not documented
25374 \(fn)" t nil)
25376 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25377 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25378 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25379 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25380 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25381 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25382 specified.
25384 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25386 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25387 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25388 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25389 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25390 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25391 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25392 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25393 table structure.
25395 \(fn N)" t nil)
25397 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25398 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25399 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25400 table's rectangle structure.
25402 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25404 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25405 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25406 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25407 table's rectangle structure.
25409 \(fn N)" t nil)
25411 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25412 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25413 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25414 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25415 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25417 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25419 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25420 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25421 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25423 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25424 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25425 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25426 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25427 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25428 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25429 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25431 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25432 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25433 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25434 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25435 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25436 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25437 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25439 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25440 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25441 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25442 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25443 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25444 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25445 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25446 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25448 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25450 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25451 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25452 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25453 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25457 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25458 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25459 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25461 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25463 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25464 Split current cell vertically.
25465 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25467 \(fn)" t nil)
25469 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25470 Split current cell horizontally.
25471 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25473 \(fn)" t nil)
25475 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25476 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25477 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25479 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25481 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25482 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25483 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25484 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25486 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25488 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25489 Justify cell contents.
25490 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25491 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25492 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25493 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25495 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25497 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25498 Justify cells of a row.
25499 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25500 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25502 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25504 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25505 Justify cells of a column.
25506 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25507 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25509 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25511 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25512 Toggle fixing width mode.
25513 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25514 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25515 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25519 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25520 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25521 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25522 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25523 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25524 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25525 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25526 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25527 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25528 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25529 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25531 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25533 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25534 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25535 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25536 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25537 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25538 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25539 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25540 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25541 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25542 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25543 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25544 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25545 untouched.
25547 References used for this implementation:
25549 HTML:
25550 http://www.w3.org
25552 LaTeX:
25553 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25555 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25556 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25557 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25559 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25561 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25562 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25563 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25564 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25565 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25566 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25567 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25568 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25569 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25570 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25571 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25572 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25573 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25574 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25575 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25576 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25577 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25579 Example:
25581 (progn
25582 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25583 (table-forward-cell 15)
25584 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25585 (table-forward-cell 16)
25586 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25587 (table-forward-cell 1)
25588 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25590 (progn
25591 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25592 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25593 (table-forward-cell 1)
25594 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25596 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25598 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25599 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25600 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25601 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25602 consists from cells of same height.
25604 \(fn N)" t nil)
25606 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25607 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25608 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25609 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25610 column must consists from cells of same width.
25612 \(fn N)" t nil)
25614 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25615 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25616 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25617 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25618 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25619 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25620 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25621 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25622 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25623 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25624 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25625 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25626 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25627 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25628 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25631 Example 1:
25633 1, 2, 3, 4
25634 5, 6, 7, 8
25635 , 9, 10
25637 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25638 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25639 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25640 specified as 5.
25642 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25643 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25644 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25645 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25646 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25647 | | 9 | 10 | |
25648 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25650 Note:
25652 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25653 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25654 of each row is optional.
25657 Example 2:
25659 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25660 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25661 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25662 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25663 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25665 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25666 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25668 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25669 expression and raw delimiter regular
25670 expression, it parses the specified text
25671 area and extracts cell items from
25672 non-table text and then forms a table out
25673 of them.
25675 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25676 creates a single cell table. The text in
25677 the specified region is placed in that
25678 cell.-*-
25680 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25681 like this.
25683 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25684 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25685 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25687 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25688 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25689 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25690 | area and extracts cell items from |
25691 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25692 | of them. |
25694 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25695 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25696 | the specified region is placed in that |
25697 | cell. |
25698 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25700 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25701 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25702 independently.
25704 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25705 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25706 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25707 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25708 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25709 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25710 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25711 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25712 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25713 | |of them. |
25714 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25715 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25716 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25717 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25718 | |cell. |
25719 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25721 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25722 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25723 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25725 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25727 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25728 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25729 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25730 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25731 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25733 \(fn)" t nil)
25735 ;;;***
25737 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17148 25050))
25738 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25740 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25741 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25743 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25745 ;;;***
25747 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17267 37747))
25748 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25750 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25751 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25752 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25753 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25754 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25755 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25756 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25758 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25759 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25760 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25761 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25763 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25764 \\{tar-mode-map}
25766 \(fn)" t nil)
25768 ;;;***
25770 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25771 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17348 7449))
25772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25774 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25775 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25776 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25777 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25778 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25779 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25781 Variables controlling indentation style:
25782 `tcl-indent-level'
25783 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25784 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25785 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25787 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25788 documentation for details):
25789 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25790 Controls action of TAB key.
25791 `tcl-auto-newline'
25792 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25793 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25794 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25795 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25796 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25798 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25799 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25800 already exist.
25802 Commands:
25803 \\{tcl-mode-map}
25805 \(fn)" t nil)
25807 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25808 Run inferior Tcl process.
25809 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25810 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25812 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
25814 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25815 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25816 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25818 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25820 ;;;***
25822 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17140 20942))
25823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25824 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25826 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25827 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25828 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25829 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25831 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25832 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25833 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25834 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25835 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25837 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25838 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25840 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25841 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25842 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25843 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25845 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
25847 ;;;***
25849 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17354
25850 ;;;;;; 44750))
25851 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25853 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25854 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25855 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25856 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25857 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25858 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25860 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25862 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25863 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25864 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25865 commands to use in that buffer.
25867 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25869 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25871 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25872 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25874 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25876 ;;;***
25878 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17239
25879 ;;;;;; 32246))
25880 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25882 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25883 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25884 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25885 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25886 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25887 program as keyboard input.
25889 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25890 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25891 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25892 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25894 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25895 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25896 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25897 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25898 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25900 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25902 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25903 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25904 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25905 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25907 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25908 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25909 subprocess started.
25911 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25913 ;;;***
25915 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25916 ;;;;;; (17159 1472))
25917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25919 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25920 Start coverage on function under point.
25922 \(fn)" t nil)
25924 ;;;***
25926 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17140 20949))
25927 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25929 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25930 Play the Tetris game.
25931 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25932 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25933 as to form complete rows.
25935 tetris-mode keybindings:
25936 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25937 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25938 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25939 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25940 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25941 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25942 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25943 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25944 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25946 \(fn)" t nil)
25948 ;;;***
25950 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25951 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25952 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25953 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25954 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25955 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25956 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25957 ;;;;;; (17239 32423))
25958 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25960 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25961 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25963 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25965 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25966 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25967 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25968 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25969 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25971 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25973 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25974 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25975 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25976 if it matches the first line of the file,
25977 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25979 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25981 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25982 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25983 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25984 if the variable is non-nil.")
25986 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25988 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25989 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25991 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25993 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25994 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25995 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25996 See the documentation of that variable.")
25998 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26000 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26001 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26002 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26003 See the documentation of that variable.")
26005 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26007 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26008 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26009 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26010 See the documentation of that variable.")
26012 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26014 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26015 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26016 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26017 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26018 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26020 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26022 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26023 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26024 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26025 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26027 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26029 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26030 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26031 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26033 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26035 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26036 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26037 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26038 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26040 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26042 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26043 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26044 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26045 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26047 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26049 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26050 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26051 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26052 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26054 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26055 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26056 for example,
26058 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26059 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26061 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26062 use.")
26064 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26066 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26067 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26068 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26069 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26070 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26072 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26074 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26076 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26077 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26078 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26080 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26082 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26083 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26084 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26085 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26086 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26088 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26090 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26091 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26093 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26095 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26096 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26098 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26100 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26101 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26102 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26103 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26104 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26105 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26106 says which mode to use.
26108 \(fn)" t nil)
26110 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26112 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26114 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26116 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26117 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26118 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26119 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26120 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26122 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26123 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26124 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26125 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26126 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26127 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26128 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26130 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26131 mismatched $'s or braces.
26133 Special commands:
26134 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26136 Mode variables:
26137 tex-run-command
26138 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26139 tex-directory
26140 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26141 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26142 tex-dvi-print-command
26143 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26144 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26145 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26146 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26147 tex-dvi-view-command
26148 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26149 tex-show-queue-command
26150 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26151 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26153 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26154 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26155 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26157 \(fn)" t nil)
26159 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26160 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26161 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26162 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26163 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26165 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26166 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26167 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26168 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26169 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26170 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26171 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26173 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26174 mismatched $'s or braces.
26176 Special commands:
26177 \\{latex-mode-map}
26179 Mode variables:
26180 latex-run-command
26181 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26182 tex-directory
26183 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26184 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26185 tex-dvi-print-command
26186 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26187 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26188 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26189 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26190 tex-dvi-view-command
26191 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26192 tex-show-queue-command
26193 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26194 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26196 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26197 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26198 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26200 \(fn)" t nil)
26202 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26203 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26204 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26205 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26206 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26208 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26209 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26210 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26211 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26212 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26213 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26214 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26216 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26217 mismatched $'s or braces.
26219 Special commands:
26220 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26222 Mode variables:
26223 slitex-run-command
26224 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26225 tex-directory
26226 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26227 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26228 tex-dvi-print-command
26229 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26230 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26231 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26232 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26233 tex-dvi-view-command
26234 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26235 tex-show-queue-command
26236 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26237 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26239 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26240 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26241 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26242 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26244 \(fn)" t nil)
26246 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26247 Not documented
26249 \(fn)" nil nil)
26251 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26252 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26254 \(fn)" t nil)
26256 ;;;***
26258 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26259 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17312 51446))
26260 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26262 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26263 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26264 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26265 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26267 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26268 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26269 Info-split to do these manually.
26271 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26273 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26274 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26275 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26276 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26277 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26279 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26281 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26282 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26283 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26284 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26286 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26287 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26288 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26289 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26291 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26292 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26294 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26296 ;;;***
26298 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26299 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17276 44727))
26300 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26302 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26303 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26305 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26307 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26308 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26310 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26312 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26313 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26315 It has these extra commands:
26316 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26318 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26319 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26320 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26321 modified version of TeX input format.
26323 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26324 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26325 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26326 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26328 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26329 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26330 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26331 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26332 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26333 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26334 in the Texinfo file.
26336 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26337 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26338 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26339 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26340 move forward past the closing brace.
26342 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26343 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26345 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26346 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26347 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26349 Here are the functions:
26351 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26352 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26353 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26355 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26356 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26357 texinfo-master-menu
26359 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26361 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26362 which menu descriptions are indented.
26364 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26365 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26366 in the region.
26368 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26369 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26370 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26371 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26373 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26374 be the first node in the file.
26376 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26377 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26379 \(fn)" t nil)
26381 ;;;***
26383 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26384 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26385 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26386 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
26387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26389 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26390 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26391 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26392 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26394 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26396 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26397 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26399 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26401 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26402 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26404 \(fn)" t nil)
26406 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26407 Not documented
26409 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26411 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26412 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26413 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26414 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26415 to compose.
26417 The return value is number of composed characters.
26419 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26421 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26422 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26426 ;;;***
26428 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26429 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26430 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17148 25056))
26431 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26433 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26434 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
26436 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26438 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26439 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26440 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26441 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26442 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26444 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26445 a symbol as a valid THING.
26447 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26448 of the textual entity that was found.
26450 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26452 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26453 Return the THING at point.
26454 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26455 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26456 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26458 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26459 a symbol as a valid THING.
26461 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26463 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26464 Not documented
26466 \(fn)" nil nil)
26468 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26469 Not documented
26471 \(fn)" nil nil)
26473 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26474 Not documented
26476 \(fn)" nil nil)
26478 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26479 Not documented
26481 \(fn)" nil nil)
26483 ;;;***
26485 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26486 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26487 ;;;;;; (17374 9567))
26488 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26490 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26491 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26493 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26495 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26496 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26497 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26498 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26500 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26502 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26503 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26505 \(fn)" t nil)
26507 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26508 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26510 \(fn)" t nil)
26512 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26514 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26515 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26517 \(fn)" t nil)
26519 ;;;***
26521 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26522 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26523 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26524 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26525 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26526 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17102 18781))
26527 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26529 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26530 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26531 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26533 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26535 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26536 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26538 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26540 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26541 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26542 The returned string has no composition information.
26544 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26546 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26547 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26549 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26551 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26552 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26554 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26556 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26557 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26558 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26559 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26561 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26563 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26564 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26565 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26566 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26568 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26570 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26571 Not documented
26573 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26575 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26576 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26577 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26579 \(fn)" t nil)
26581 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26582 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26583 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26585 \(fn)" t nil)
26587 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26588 Not documented
26590 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26592 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26593 Not documented
26595 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26597 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26598 Not documented
26600 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26602 ;;;***
26604 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26605 ;;;;;; (17342 36761))
26606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26608 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26609 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26610 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26611 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26612 parameters.
26613 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26615 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26617 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26618 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26619 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26620 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26621 parameters.
26622 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26624 \(fn)" t nil)
26626 ;;;***
26628 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26629 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17356 14847))
26630 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26632 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26633 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26635 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26637 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26638 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26639 This display updates automatically every minute.
26640 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26641 are displayed as well.
26642 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26646 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26647 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26648 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26650 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26652 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26654 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26656 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26657 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26658 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26660 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26661 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26662 are displayed as well.
26663 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26667 ;;;***
26669 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26670 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26671 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26672 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17307
26673 ;;;;;; 14150))
26674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26676 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26677 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26679 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26681 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26682 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26683 You can use `float-time' instead.
26685 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26687 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26688 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26690 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26692 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26693 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26695 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26697 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26698 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26700 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26702 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26703 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26704 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26706 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26708 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26710 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26711 Subtract two time values.
26712 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26714 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26716 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26717 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26719 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26721 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26722 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26723 DATE should be a date-time string.
26725 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26727 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26728 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26729 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26731 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26733 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26734 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26736 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26738 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26739 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26741 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26743 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26744 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26745 TIME should be a time value.
26746 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26748 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26750 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26751 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26752 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26754 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26756 ;;;***
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26759 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17194 38185))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26762 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26763 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26764 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26765 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26766 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26767 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26768 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26769 look like one of the following:
26770 Time-stamp: <>
26771 Time-stamp: \" \"
26772 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26773 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26774 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26775 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26776 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26777 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26778 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26779 the template.
26781 \(fn)" t nil)
26783 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26784 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26785 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26789 ;;;***
26791 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26792 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26793 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26794 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26795 ;;;;;; (17307 14150))
26796 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26798 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26799 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26800 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26801 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26802 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26803 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26804 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26805 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26806 display (non-nil means on).
26808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26810 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26811 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26812 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26813 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26814 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26815 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26816 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26817 this function is called within a day.
26819 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26820 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26821 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26822 discover the name of the project.
26824 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26826 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26827 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26828 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26829 begun during the last time segment.
26831 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26832 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26833 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26834 discover the reason.
26836 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26838 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26839 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26840 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26841 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26842 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26844 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26846 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26847 Change to working on a different project.
26848 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26849 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26850 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26851 working on.
26853 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26855 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26856 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26857 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26859 \(fn)" nil nil)
26861 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26862 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26863 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26865 \(fn)" t nil)
26867 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26868 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26869 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26870 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26871 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26872 \"relative to today\".
26874 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26876 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26877 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26878 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26879 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26881 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26883 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26884 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26885 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26886 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26887 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26888 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26890 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26892 ;;;***
26894 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26895 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26896 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17251 53836))
26897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26899 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26901 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26902 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26904 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26906 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26907 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26909 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26911 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26912 Perform an action at time TIME.
26913 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26914 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26915 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26916 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26917 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26918 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26920 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26922 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26924 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26925 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26926 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26927 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26928 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26930 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26932 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26934 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26935 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26936 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26937 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26939 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26941 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26942 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26943 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26944 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26946 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26947 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26949 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26951 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26952 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26954 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26955 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26956 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26957 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26958 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26959 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26960 be detected.
26962 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26964 ;;;***
26966 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26967 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17102 18762))
26968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26970 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26971 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26972 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26973 the generated Quail package is saved.
26975 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26977 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26978 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26979 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26980 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26981 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26982 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26983 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26985 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26987 ;;;***
26989 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26990 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17102
26991 ;;;;;; 18782))
26992 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26994 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26995 Not documented
26997 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26999 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27000 Not documented
27002 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27004 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27005 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27006 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27007 PATTERN regexp.
27009 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27011 ;;;***
27013 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27014 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17148 25058))
27015 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27016 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27017 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27018 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27020 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27021 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27022 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27023 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27024 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27026 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27028 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27029 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27030 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27031 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27032 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27034 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27036 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27037 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27038 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27039 in the menu in two ways:
27040 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27041 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27042 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27044 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27045 keymap or an alist of alists.
27046 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27047 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27049 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27051 ;;;***
27053 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27054 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27055 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17307 14150))
27056 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27058 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27059 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27061 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27063 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27064 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27066 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27068 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27069 Insert new TODO list entry.
27070 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27071 category.
27073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27075 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27076 List top priorities for each category.
27078 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27079 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27081 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27082 between each category.
27084 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27086 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27087 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27088 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27089 between each category.
27091 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27093 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27095 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27096 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27098 \\{todo-mode-map}
27100 \(fn)" t nil)
27102 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27103 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27105 \(fn)" nil nil)
27107 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27108 Show TODO list.
27110 \(fn)" t nil)
27112 ;;;***
27114 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27115 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27116 ;;;;;; (17324 9268))
27117 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27119 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27121 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27122 Add an item to the tool bar.
27123 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27124 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27125 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27126 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27128 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27129 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27130 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27131 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27133 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27134 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27136 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27138 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27139 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27140 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27141 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27142 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27143 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27145 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27146 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27147 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27148 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27150 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27152 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27153 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27154 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27155 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27156 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27157 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27158 properties to add to the binding.
27160 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27162 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27163 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27165 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27167 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27168 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27169 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27170 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27171 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27172 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27173 properties to add to the binding.
27175 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27176 holds a keymap.
27178 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27180 ;;;***
27182 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27183 ;;;;;; (17140 20923))
27184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27186 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27187 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27188 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27190 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27192 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27194 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27196 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27197 TPU/edt emulation.
27199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27201 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27203 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27204 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27206 \(fn)" t nil)
27208 ;;;***
27210 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27211 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17140 20923))
27212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27214 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27215 Set scroll margins.
27217 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27219 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27220 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27222 \(fn)" t nil)
27224 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27225 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27227 \(fn)" t nil)
27229 ;;;***
27231 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17148 25099))
27232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27234 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27235 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27236 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27237 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27238 to a tcp server on another machine.
27240 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27242 ;;;***
27244 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27245 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17148 25100))
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27248 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27249 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27251 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
27253 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27254 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27255 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27256 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27257 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27258 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27259 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27260 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27262 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27264 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27265 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27266 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27267 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27268 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27269 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
27270 the window or buffer configuration at all.
27272 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27274 ;;;***
27276 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist
27277 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
27278 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
27279 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17377 15371))
27280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27282 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27283 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27284 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27286 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27287 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27288 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27289 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27291 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27292 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27293 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27294 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27296 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27297 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27298 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27299 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27300 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27301 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27302 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27303 files which are not really tramp files.
27305 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27306 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27307 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27308 updated after changing this variable.
27310 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27312 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27314 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27315 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27316 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27317 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27319 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27320 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27321 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27322 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27324 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27325 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27326 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27328 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27329 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27330 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27331 updated after changing this variable.
27333 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27335 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
27337 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27338 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27339 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27341 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27343 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27344 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27345 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27347 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27349 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
27351 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
27353 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handler-alist) "tramp" "\
27354 Not documented
27356 \(fn)" nil nil)
27358 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27359 Not documented
27361 \(fn)" t nil)
27363 ;;;***
27365 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27366 ;;;;;; (17364 3828))
27367 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27369 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27370 Not documented
27372 \(fn)" nil nil)
27374 ;;;***
27376 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-setup-dired-keybindings tumme-dired) "tumme"
27377 ;;;;;; "tumme.el" (17369 18495))
27378 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27380 (autoload (quote tumme-dired) "tumme" "\
27381 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27383 Convenience command that:
27385 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27386 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27387 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27389 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27391 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27393 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27394 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27395 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27396 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27398 \(fn)" t nil)
27400 ;;;***
27402 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27403 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17148 25231))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27405 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27406 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27407 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27409 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27410 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27411 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27412 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
27413 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27414 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27415 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27417 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27419 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27420 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27421 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27422 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27424 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27426 \(fn)" t nil)
27428 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27429 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27430 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27431 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27432 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27433 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27434 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27436 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27437 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27439 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27440 \\___/\\
27441 / \\
27442 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27444 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27448 ;;;***
27450 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27451 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27452 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27453 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27454 ;;;;;; (17148 25059))
27455 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27457 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27458 Toggle typing break mode.
27459 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27461 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27463 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
27465 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27466 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27468 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
27470 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27471 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27473 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27474 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27475 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27477 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27478 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27480 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
27482 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27483 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27485 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27486 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27487 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27488 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27490 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
27492 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27493 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27494 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27496 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27497 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27498 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27499 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27500 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27501 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27503 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27504 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27505 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27506 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27508 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27509 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27511 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27512 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27514 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
27516 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27517 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27518 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27520 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27521 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27522 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27523 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27524 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27525 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27526 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27528 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27529 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27531 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27532 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27533 reset the keystroke counter.
27535 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27536 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27537 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27538 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27540 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27541 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27542 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27543 `type-break-schedule' command.
27545 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27546 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27547 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27548 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27549 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27550 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27551 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27552 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
27553 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
27555 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
27556 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
27557 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
27558 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
27559 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
27561 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
27562 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
27563 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
27564 approximate good values for this.
27566 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
27567 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
27569 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
27570 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
27571 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
27572 `type-break-warning-repeat'
27573 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
27574 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
27576 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
27577 a typing break occur. They include:
27579 `type-break-query-mode'
27580 `type-break-query-function'
27581 `type-break-query-interval'
27583 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
27585 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
27586 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
27587 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
27588 problems.
27590 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
27592 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
27593 Take a typing break.
27595 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
27596 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
27598 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
27599 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
27601 \(fn)" t nil)
27603 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
27604 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
27605 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
27606 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
27608 \(fn)" t nil)
27610 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
27611 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
27613 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
27614 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
27615 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
27616 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
27617 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
27618 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
27619 average typing speed.)
27621 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
27622 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
27623 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
27624 the computed maximum threshold.
27626 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27627 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27628 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27629 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27630 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27632 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27634 ;;;***
27636 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27637 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17148 25231))
27638 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27640 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27641 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27642 Works by overstriking underscores.
27643 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27644 which specify the range to operate on.
27646 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27648 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27649 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27650 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27651 which specify the range to operate on.
27653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27655 ;;;***
27657 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27658 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17148 25163))
27659 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27661 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27662 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27663 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27665 \(fn)" t nil)
27667 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27668 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27669 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27670 following the containing message.
27672 \(fn)" t nil)
27674 ;;;***
27676 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27677 ;;;;;; (17148 25163))
27678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27680 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27681 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27682 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27683 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27684 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27685 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27687 \(fn)" nil nil)
27689 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27690 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27692 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27694 ;;;***
27696 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17376
27697 ;;;;;; 60055))
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27700 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27701 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27702 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27703 of symbols with local bindings.
27705 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27707 ;;;***
27709 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
27710 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17348 7449))
27711 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27713 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
27714 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
27715 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27717 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
27718 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
27719 with it. Normally it gets the arguments in the list CBARGS.
27720 However, if what we find is a redirect, CALLBACK is given
27721 two additional args, `:redirect' and the redirected URL,
27722 followed by CBARGS.
27724 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
27725 already completed.
27727 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
27729 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
27730 Retrieve URL synchronously.
27731 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
27732 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
27733 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
27735 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27737 ;;;***
27739 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27740 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17141 252))
27741 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27743 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27744 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27745 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27747 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27748 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27749 `url-generic-parse-url'
27750 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27751 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27752 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27753 realm
27754 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27755 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27756 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27757 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27758 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27759 what type of auth to use
27760 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27761 if one cannot be found in the cache
27763 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27765 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27766 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27768 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27769 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27770 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27771 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27772 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27773 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27774 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27775 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27777 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27779 ;;;***
27781 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27782 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
27783 ;;;;;; 11067))
27784 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27786 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27787 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27789 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27791 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27792 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27794 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27796 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27797 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27799 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27801 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27802 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27804 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27806 ;;;***
27808 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17141 252))
27809 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27811 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27812 Not documented
27814 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27816 ;;;***
27818 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27819 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17141 254))
27820 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27822 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27823 Not documented
27825 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27827 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27828 Not documented
27830 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27832 ;;;***
27834 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17240
27835 ;;;;;; 1916))
27836 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27838 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27839 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27841 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27843 ;;;***
27845 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27846 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17141 258))
27847 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27849 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27850 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27852 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27854 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27855 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27856 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27857 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27859 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27861 ;;;***
27863 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27864 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17337
27865 ;;;;;; 11067))
27866 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27868 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27869 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27870 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27872 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27874 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27876 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27878 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27879 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27883 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27884 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27885 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27886 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27887 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27888 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27889 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27890 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27891 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27893 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27895 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27896 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27897 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27898 accessible.
27900 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27902 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27903 Not documented
27905 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27907 ;;;***
27909 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27910 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17278 11297))
27911 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27913 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27914 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27915 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27916 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27917 CBARGS as the arguments.
27919 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27921 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27922 Not documented
27924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27926 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27928 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27929 Not documented
27931 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27933 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27934 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27935 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27937 Property list members:
27939 methods
27940 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27941 supports.
27944 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27945 supported.
27947 dasl
27948 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27950 ranges
27951 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27954 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27955 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27956 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27957 Emacs/W3.
27959 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27961 ;;;***
27963 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17141 259))
27964 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27966 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27967 Not documented
27969 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27971 ;;;***
27973 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17141
27974 ;;;;;; 259))
27975 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27977 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27978 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27979 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27980 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27981 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27985 ;;;***
27987 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27988 ;;;;;; (17196 9351))
27989 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27991 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27992 Not documented
27994 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27996 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27997 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27999 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28001 ;;;***
28003 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28004 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17141 260))
28005 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28007 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28008 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28012 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28013 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28015 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28017 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28018 Not documented
28020 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28022 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28024 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28026 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28028 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28029 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28031 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28033 ;;;***
28035 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28036 ;;;;;; (17358 30050))
28037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28039 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28040 Not documented
28042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28044 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28045 Not documented
28047 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28049 ;;;***
28051 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28052 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28053 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
28054 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28056 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28057 Not documented
28059 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28061 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28062 Not documented
28064 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28066 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28067 Not documented
28069 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28071 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28072 Not documented
28074 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28076 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28077 Not documented
28079 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28081 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28082 Not documented
28084 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28086 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28087 Not documented
28089 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28091 ;;;***
28093 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28094 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17141 260))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28097 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28098 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28100 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28102 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28103 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28104 Format is:
28105 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28107 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28109 ;;;***
28111 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28112 ;;;;;; (17348 7449))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28115 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28116 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28118 \(fn)" t nil)
28120 ;;;***
28122 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28123 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28124 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28125 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28126 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28127 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28128 ;;;;;; (17185 27762))
28129 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28131 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28132 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28133 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28135 If t, all messages will be logged.
28136 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28137 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28139 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
28141 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28142 Not documented
28144 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28146 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28147 Not documented
28149 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28151 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28152 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28153 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28154 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28155 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28156 & ==> &amp;
28157 < ==> &lt;
28158 > ==> &gt;
28159 \" ==> &quot;
28161 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28163 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28164 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28165 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28167 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28169 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28170 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28171 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28173 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28175 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28176 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28178 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28180 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28181 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28183 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28185 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28186 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28188 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28190 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28191 Not documented
28193 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28195 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28196 Not documented
28198 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28200 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28201 Not documented
28203 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28205 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28206 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28208 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28210 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28211 Not documented
28213 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28215 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28216 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28217 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28218 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28219 forbidden in URL encoding.
28221 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28223 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28224 Escape characters in a string.
28226 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28228 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28229 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28230 If optional variable X is t,
28231 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28233 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28235 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28236 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28237 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28239 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28241 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28242 View the current document's URL.
28243 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28244 the minibuffer.
28246 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28248 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28250 ;;;***
28252 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28253 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17148 25059))
28254 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28256 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28257 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28258 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28259 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28260 to refrain from editing the file
28261 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28262 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28263 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28264 in any way you like.
28266 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28268 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28269 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28270 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28271 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28272 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28274 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28275 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28277 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28279 ;;;***
28281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17245 4870))
28282 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28283 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28285 ;;;***
28287 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28288 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28289 ;;;;;; (17148 25154))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28292 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28293 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28294 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28295 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28297 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28299 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28300 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28301 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28303 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28305 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28306 Uudecode region between START and END.
28307 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28309 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28311 ;;;***
28313 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28314 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28315 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28316 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28317 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28318 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28319 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17367 53073))
28320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28322 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28323 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28324 See `run-hooks'.")
28326 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
28328 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28329 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28330 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28332 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
28334 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28335 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28336 See `run-hooks'.")
28338 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
28340 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28341 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28343 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28345 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28346 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28348 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28350 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28351 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28352 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28353 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28354 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28355 somebody else, signal error.
28357 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28359 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28360 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28361 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28362 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28363 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28365 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28367 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28368 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28369 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28370 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28371 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28372 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28373 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28374 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28375 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28376 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28377 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28378 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28380 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28382 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28383 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28385 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28386 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28388 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28389 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28390 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28391 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28392 lock steals will raise an error.
28394 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28396 For RCS and SCCS files:
28397 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28398 control.
28399 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28400 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28401 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28402 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28403 it performs a revert.
28404 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28405 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28406 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28407 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28408 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28409 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28410 the option to steal the lock.
28412 For CVS files:
28413 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28414 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28415 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28416 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28417 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28418 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28419 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28420 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28421 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28423 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28425 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28426 Register the current file into a version control system.
28427 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28428 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28430 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28431 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28432 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28433 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28434 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28435 first backend that could register the file is used.
28437 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28439 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28440 Display diffs between file versions.
28441 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28442 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28443 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28444 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28445 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28446 saving the buffer.
28448 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28450 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28451 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28452 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28453 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28455 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28457 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28458 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28459 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28460 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28462 \(fn)" t nil)
28464 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28465 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28466 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28467 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28468 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28469 from the current branch.
28471 See Info node `Merging'.
28473 \(fn)" t nil)
28475 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28477 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28478 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28480 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28482 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28483 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28485 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28487 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28488 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28489 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28490 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28491 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28492 are checked out in that new branch.
28494 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28496 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28497 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28498 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28499 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28500 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28501 allowed and simply skipped).
28503 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28505 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28506 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28507 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28509 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28511 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28512 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28513 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28514 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28515 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28517 \(fn)" t nil)
28519 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28520 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28521 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28522 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28523 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28524 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28526 \(fn)" t nil)
28528 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28529 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
28530 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
28532 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
28534 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
28535 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
28536 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
28537 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
28538 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
28539 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
28540 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
28542 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
28544 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
28545 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
28546 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
28547 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
28548 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
28549 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
28550 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
28551 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
28552 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
28554 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
28556 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
28557 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
28559 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
28561 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
28562 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
28563 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
28564 directory.
28566 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
28568 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
28569 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
28570 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
28572 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
28573 log entries should be gathered.
28575 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28577 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
28578 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
28580 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
28581 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
28582 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
28583 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
28584 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
28585 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28587 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28588 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28589 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28590 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28591 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28592 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28593 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28594 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28596 Customization variables:
28598 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28599 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28600 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28601 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28603 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
28605 ;;;***
28607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17148 25060))
28608 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28609 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28610 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28611 (progn
28612 (load "vc-arch")
28613 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28615 ;;;***
28617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17252 55237))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28619 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28620 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28621 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28622 (load "vc-cvs")
28623 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28625 ;;;***
28627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17312 51444))
28628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28629 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28630 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28631 (progn
28632 (load "vc-mcvs")
28633 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28635 ;;;***
28637 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28638 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28641 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28642 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28643 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28645 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28646 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28648 ;;;***
28650 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28651 ;;;;;; (17370 39824))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28654 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28655 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28656 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28658 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28659 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28661 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28662 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28663 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28664 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28666 ;;;***
28668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17311 21875))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28670 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28671 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28672 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28673 (load "vc-svn")
28674 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28676 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28678 ;;;***
28680 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28681 ;;;;;; (17239 32401))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28684 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28685 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28687 Usage:
28688 ------
28690 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28691 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28692 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28693 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28694 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28695 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28696 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28697 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28698 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28700 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28701 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28702 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28703 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28705 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28706 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28707 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28708 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28709 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28711 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28712 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28715 HEADER INSERTION:
28716 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28717 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28718 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28721 STUTTERING:
28722 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28723 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28724 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28725 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28727 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28728 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28729 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28730 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28731 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28734 WORD COMPLETION:
28735 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28736 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28737 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28738 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28740 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28741 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28742 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28743 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28744 beginning with \"std\").
28746 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28747 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28748 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28749 stop.
28752 COMMENTS:
28753 `--' puts a single comment.
28754 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28755 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28756 with a comment in between.
28757 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28758 out following lines.
28759 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28760 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28762 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28763 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28764 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28765 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28766 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28767 non-nil.
28769 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28770 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28771 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28772 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28773 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28774 multi-line comments.
28777 INDENTATION:
28778 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28779 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28780 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28781 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28783 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28784 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28785 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28786 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28788 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28789 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28790 and vice versa.
28792 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28793 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28796 ALIGNMENT:
28797 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28798 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28799 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28800 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28801 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28802 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28803 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28804 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28806 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28807 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28808 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28809 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28810 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28811 is non-nil.
28813 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28814 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28815 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28817 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28818 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28821 CODE FILLING:
28822 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28823 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28824 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28825 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28826 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28827 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28830 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28831 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28832 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28833 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28834 command:
28836 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28839 PORT TRANSLATION:
28840 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28841 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28842 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28843 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28844 internal signal initializations (menu).
28846 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28847 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28848 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28850 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28851 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28852 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28853 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28854 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28855 in subsequent paste operations.)
28857 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28858 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28859 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28862 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28863 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28864 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28865 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28866 association list with formals).
28869 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28870 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28871 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28872 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28873 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28874 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28875 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28876 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28877 `vhdl-testbench'.
28880 KEY BINDINGS:
28881 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28884 VHDL MENU:
28885 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28888 FILE BROWSER:
28889 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28890 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28891 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28893 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28894 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28897 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28898 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28899 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28900 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28902 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28903 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28904 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28906 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28907 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28908 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28909 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28911 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28912 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28913 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28914 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28915 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28917 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28918 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28919 required by secondary units.
28922 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28923 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28924 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28925 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28926 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28927 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28928 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28929 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28930 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28931 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28932 inputs to this component -> input port created
28933 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28934 outputs from this component -> output port created
28935 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28936 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28938 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28939 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28940 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28941 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28942 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28944 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28945 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28947 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
28948 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
28949 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
28950 component instantiation is also supported (option
28951 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
28953 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
28954 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
28955 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
28956 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
28957 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
28958 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
28959 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
28960 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
28961 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
28962 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
28963 | generating the configuration.
28965 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
28966 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
28967 | configurations in speedbar.
28969 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28972 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28973 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28974 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28975 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28976 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28977 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28978 information. New compilers can be added.
28980 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28981 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28984 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28985 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28986 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28987 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28988 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28990 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28991 command:
28993 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28994 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28995 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28997 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28998 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28999 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29000 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29001 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29002 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29003 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29005 Limitations:
29006 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29007 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29008 not (yet) supported.
29009 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29010 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29011 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29014 PROJECTS:
29015 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29016 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29017 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29018 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29019 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29020 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29021 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29022 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29024 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29025 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29026 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29027 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29028 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29029 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29030 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29031 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29032 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29033 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29034 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29037 SPECIAL MENUES:
29038 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29039 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29040 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29041 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29042 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29043 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29044 current directory for VHDL source files.
29047 VHDL STANDARDS:
29048 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29049 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29052 KEYWORD CASE:
29053 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29054 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29055 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29056 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29057 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29058 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29059 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29060 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29063 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29064 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29065 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29066 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29067 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29068 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29069 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29071 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29072 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29073 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29074 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29075 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29076 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29078 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29079 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29080 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29081 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29082 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29083 visually.
29085 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29086 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29087 highlighted if written in lower case.
29089 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29090 highlighted using a different background color if option
29091 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29093 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29094 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29095 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29096 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29097 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29100 USER MODELS:
29101 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29102 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29103 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29106 HIDE/SHOW:
29107 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29108 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29109 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29110 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29111 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29114 CODE UPDATING:
29115 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29116 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29117 Limitations:
29118 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29119 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29120 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29121 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29122 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29123 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29124 (used to obtain the port names).
29127 CODE FIXING:
29128 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29129 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29132 PRINTING:
29133 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29134 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29135 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29136 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29137 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29138 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29139 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29140 printers.
29143 OPTIONS:
29144 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29145 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29146 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29147 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29148 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29150 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29151 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29152 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29153 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29154 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29155 INSTALL file).
29157 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29158 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29161 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29162 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29163 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29164 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29166 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29169 HINTS:
29170 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29171 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29173 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29175 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29177 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29180 RELEASE NOTES:
29181 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29184 Maintenance:
29185 ------------
29187 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29188 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29190 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29192 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29193 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29194 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29195 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29197 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29198 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29199 where the latest version can be found.
29202 Known problems:
29203 ---------------
29205 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29206 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29207 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29210 The VHDL Mode Authors
29211 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29213 Key bindings:
29214 -------------
29216 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29218 \(fn)" t nil)
29220 ;;;***
29222 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17102 18541))
29223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29225 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29226 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29227 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29228 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29230 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29231 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29232 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29233 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29234 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29236 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29237 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29239 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29241 * Limitations and unsupported features
29242 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29243 not supported.
29244 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29245 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29247 * Modifications
29248 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29249 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29250 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29251 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29252 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29253 for undoing a repeated change command.
29254 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29255 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29256 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29258 * Extensions
29259 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29260 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29261 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29262 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29263 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29264 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29265 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29266 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29268 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29270 \(fn)" t nil)
29272 ;;;***
29274 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29275 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29276 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29277 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17102 18783))
29278 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29280 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29281 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29283 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29285 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29286 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29287 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29288 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29290 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29292 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29293 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29295 \(fn)" t nil)
29297 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29298 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29299 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29300 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29302 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29304 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29305 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29307 \(fn)" t nil)
29309 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29310 Not documented
29312 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29314 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29315 Not documented
29317 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29319 ;;;***
29321 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29322 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29323 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17297
29324 ;;;;;; 52533))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29327 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29328 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29329 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29330 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29332 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29334 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29335 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29336 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29337 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29338 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29339 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29340 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29342 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29344 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29346 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29347 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29348 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29349 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29350 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29351 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29352 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29353 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29355 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29357 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29359 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29360 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29361 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29362 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29363 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29364 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29365 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29366 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29368 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29370 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29372 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29373 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29374 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29375 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29376 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29377 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29378 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29380 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29382 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29383 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29384 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29386 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29388 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29389 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29390 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29391 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29392 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29393 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29394 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29395 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29397 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29399 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29400 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29401 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29403 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29405 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29406 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29407 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29408 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29409 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29410 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29411 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29412 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29414 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29416 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29417 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29418 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29420 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29422 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29423 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29424 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29426 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29427 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29428 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29429 read-only.
29430 \\<view-mode-map>
29431 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29432 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29433 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29434 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29435 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29437 H, h, ? This message.
29438 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29439 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29440 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29441 > move to the end of buffer.
29442 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29443 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29444 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29445 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29446 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29447 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29448 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29449 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29450 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29451 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29452 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29453 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29454 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29455 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29456 Use this to view a changing file.
29457 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29458 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29459 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29460 . set the mark.
29461 x exchanges point and mark.
29462 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29463 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29464 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29465 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29466 ' go to position saved in character register.
29467 s do forward incremental search.
29468 r do reverse incremental search.
29469 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29470 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29471 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29472 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29473 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29474 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29475 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29476 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29477 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29478 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29479 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29480 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29481 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29482 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29483 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29484 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29485 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29487 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29488 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29489 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29490 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29491 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29492 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29493 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29494 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29495 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29497 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29501 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29502 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29503 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29504 `view-return-to-alist'.
29505 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29506 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29507 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29509 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29510 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29511 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29512 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29513 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29514 1) nil Do nothing.
29515 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29516 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29517 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29518 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29520 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29522 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29524 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
29526 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
29527 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
29529 \(fn)" t nil)
29531 ;;;***
29533 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17239
29534 ;;;;;; 32279))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
29537 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
29538 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
29540 \(fn)" nil nil)
29542 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
29543 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
29545 \(fn)" t nil)
29547 ;;;***
29549 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29550 ;;;;;; (17373 34254))
29551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
29553 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
29554 Toggle Viper on/off.
29555 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
29557 \(fn)" t nil)
29559 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
29560 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
29562 \(fn)" t nil)
29564 ;;;***
29566 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
29567 ;;;;;; (17148 25100))
29568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
29570 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
29571 Function to generate warning prefixes.
29572 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
29573 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
29574 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
29575 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
29576 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
29577 the beginning of the warning.")
29579 (defvar warning-series nil "\
29580 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
29581 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
29582 which is the start of the current series; it means that
29583 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
29584 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
29585 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
29586 also call that function before the next warning.")
29588 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29589 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29591 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29592 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29593 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29594 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29596 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29597 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29598 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29599 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29600 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29601 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29603 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29604 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29606 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29607 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29608 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29609 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29610 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29611 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29613 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29614 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29616 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29618 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29619 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29621 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29623 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29624 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29625 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29626 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29628 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29629 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29630 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29631 can be whatever you like.)
29633 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29634 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29636 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29637 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29638 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29639 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29640 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29642 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29644 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29645 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29646 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29647 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29648 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29650 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29652 ;;;***
29654 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29655 ;;;;;; (17350 52783))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29658 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29659 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29660 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29661 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29662 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29663 in disk.
29665 See `wdired-mode'.
29667 \(fn)" t nil)
29669 ;;;***
29671 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17333 17859))
29672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29674 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29675 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29677 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29678 hotlist.
29680 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29681 <nwv@acm.org>.
29683 \(fn)" t nil)
29685 ;;;***
29687 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29688 ;;;;;; (17159 1491))
29689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29690 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29691 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29693 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29695 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29696 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29697 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29699 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29701 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29703 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29705 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29706 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29707 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29708 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29710 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29711 and off otherwise.
29713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29715 ;;;***
29717 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29718 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29719 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29720 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29721 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29722 ;;;;;; (17244 43740))
29723 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29725 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29726 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29728 \(fn)" t nil)
29730 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29731 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29733 \(fn)" t nil)
29735 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29736 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29738 \(fn)" t nil)
29740 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29741 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29743 \(fn)" t nil)
29745 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29746 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29748 \(fn)" t nil)
29750 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29751 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29752 These are:
29753 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29754 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29755 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29756 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29757 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29759 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29760 and:
29761 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29762 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29764 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29766 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29767 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29769 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29771 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29772 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29773 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29775 \(fn)" t nil)
29777 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29778 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29780 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29782 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29784 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29785 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29786 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29788 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29790 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29792 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29794 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29795 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29796 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29798 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29799 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29803 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29804 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29805 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29807 \(fn)" t nil)
29809 ;;;***
29811 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29812 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17148 25069))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29815 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29816 Browse the widget under point.
29818 \(fn POS)" t nil)
29820 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29821 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29823 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29825 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29826 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29828 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29830 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29831 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29832 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29836 ;;;***
29838 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29839 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17369
29840 ;;;;;; 18495))
29841 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29843 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29844 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29846 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29848 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29849 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29850 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29852 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29854 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29855 Create widget of TYPE.
29856 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29858 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29860 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29861 Delete WIDGET.
29863 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29865 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29866 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29868 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29870 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
29872 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29873 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29874 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29876 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29877 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29879 \(fn)" nil nil)
29881 ;;;***
29883 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29884 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17159
29885 ;;;;;; 1472))
29886 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29888 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29889 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29890 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29891 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29892 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29893 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29894 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29898 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29899 Select the window above the current one.
29900 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29901 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29902 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29903 negative ARG) of the current window.
29904 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29908 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29909 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29910 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29911 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29912 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29913 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29914 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29918 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29919 Select the window below the current one.
29920 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29921 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29922 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29923 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29924 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29928 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29929 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29930 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29931 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29933 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29935 ;;;***
29937 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29938 ;;;;;; (17148 25072))
29939 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29941 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
29942 Toggle Winner mode.
29943 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29944 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
29946 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
29948 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
29949 Toggle Winner mode.
29950 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29954 ;;;***
29956 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29957 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17239 32255))
29958 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
29960 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29961 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
29962 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
29963 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29964 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29965 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29966 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29967 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29969 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29970 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29972 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29974 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29975 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29977 \(fn)" t nil)
29979 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29980 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29981 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29982 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29983 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29984 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29985 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29986 `woman' command for further details.
29988 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29990 ;;;***
29992 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29993 ;;;;;; (17205 6084))
29994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29996 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29997 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29999 BUGS:
30000 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30001 are not implemented
30002 - Options for search and replace
30003 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30004 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30006 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30007 Emacs-like.
30009 The key bindings are:
30011 C-a backward-word
30012 C-b fill-paragraph
30013 C-c scroll-up-line
30014 C-d forward-char
30015 C-e previous-line
30016 C-f forward-word
30017 C-g delete-char
30018 C-h backward-char
30019 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30020 C-j help-for-help
30021 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30022 C-l ws-repeat-search
30023 C-n open-line
30024 C-p quoted-insert
30025 C-r scroll-down-line
30026 C-s backward-char
30027 C-t kill-word
30028 C-u keyboard-quit
30029 C-v overwrite-mode
30030 C-w scroll-down
30031 C-x next-line
30032 C-y kill-complete-line
30033 C-z scroll-up
30035 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30036 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30037 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30038 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30039 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30040 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30041 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30042 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30043 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30044 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30045 C-k b ws-begin-block
30046 C-k c ws-copy-block
30047 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30048 C-k f find-file
30049 C-k h ws-show-markers
30050 C-k i ws-indent-block
30051 C-k k ws-end-block
30052 C-k p ws-print-block
30053 C-k q kill-emacs
30054 C-k r insert-file
30055 C-k s save-some-buffers
30056 C-k t ws-mark-word
30057 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30058 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30059 C-k v ws-move-block
30060 C-k w ws-write-block
30061 C-k x kill-emacs
30062 C-k y ws-delete-block
30064 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30065 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30066 C-o j justify-current-line
30067 C-o k kill-buffer
30068 C-o l list-buffers
30069 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30070 C-o r set-fill-column
30071 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30072 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30073 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30074 C-o wo other-window
30075 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30077 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30078 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30079 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30080 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30081 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30082 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30083 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30084 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30085 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30086 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30087 C-q a ws-query-replace
30088 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30089 C-q c end-of-buffer
30090 C-q d end-of-line
30091 C-q f ws-search
30092 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30093 C-q l ws-undo
30094 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30095 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30096 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30097 C-q w ws-last-error
30098 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30099 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30101 \(fn)" t nil)
30103 ;;;***
30105 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30106 ;;;;;; (17377 27370))
30107 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30109 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30110 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30111 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30112 Returns the top node with all its children.
30113 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30114 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30116 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30118 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30119 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30120 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30121 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30122 is not well-formed XML.
30123 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30124 and returned as the first element of the list.
30125 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30127 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30129 ;;;***
30131 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17332
30132 ;;;;;; 49142))
30133 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30135 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30136 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30137 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30138 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30139 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30141 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30143 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30145 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30146 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30147 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30149 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30150 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30151 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30152 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30153 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30154 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30158 ;;;***
30160 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30161 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17148 25154))
30162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30164 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30165 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30167 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30169 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30170 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30172 \(fn)" nil nil)
30174 ;;;***
30176 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30177 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17297 52533))
30178 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30180 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30181 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30183 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30185 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30186 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30188 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30190 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30191 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30192 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30194 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30196 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30197 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30199 \(fn)" t nil)
30201 ;;;***
30203 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17239 32366))
30204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30206 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30207 Zone out, completely.
30209 \(fn)" t nil)
30211 ;;;***
30213 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
30214 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17140 20945))
30215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
30217 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
30218 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
30220 \(fn)" t nil)
30222 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
30223 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
30225 Zone-mode does two things:
30227 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
30228 when saving the file
30230 - fontification
30232 \(fn)" t nil)
30234 ;;;***
30236 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
30237 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
30238 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
30239 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
30240 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
30241 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
30242 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
30243 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
30244 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
30245 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
30246 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
30247 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
30248 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
30249 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
30250 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
30251 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30252 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30253 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30254 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30255 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
30256 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30257 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30258 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30259 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30260 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30261 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30262 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
30263 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
30264 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
30265 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
30266 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30267 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30268 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30269 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30270 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30271 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30272 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30273 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
30274 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
30275 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
30276 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
30277 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
30278 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
30279 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
30280 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
30281 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30282 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30283 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el"
30284 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30285 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
30286 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30287 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30288 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
30289 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
30290 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
30291 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30292 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30293 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30294 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30295 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30296 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30297 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30298 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30299 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30300 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30301 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30302 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30303 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30304 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30305 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30306 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30307 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30308 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30309 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30310 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30311 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30312 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30313 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30314 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30315 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30316 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30317 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30318 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30319 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
30320 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
30321 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
30322 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
30323 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
30324 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
30325 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
30326 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
30327 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
30328 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
30329 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
30330 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
30331 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
30332 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
30333 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
30334 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30335 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30336 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30337 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30338 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30339 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30340 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30341 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
30342 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
30343 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
30344 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
30345 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
30346 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
30347 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
30348 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
30349 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30350 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30352 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
30353 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
30354 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
30355 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
30356 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
30357 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
30358 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
30359 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
30360 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
30361 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el"
30362 ;;;;;; "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el"
30363 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el"
30364 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
30365 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el"
30366 ;;;;;; "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el"
30367 ;;;;;; "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el"
30368 ;;;;;; "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el"
30369 ;;;;;; "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
30370 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30371 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
30372 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
30373 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
30374 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
30375 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
30376 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
30377 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30378 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30379 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30380 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30381 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17381 36573 585655))
30383 ;;;***
30385 ;;; Local Variables:
30386 ;;; version-control: never
30387 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
30388 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
30389 ;;; End:
30390 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here